* tramp.texi (Frequently Asked Questions): Mention
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob7f09fd1d623cda930a0210dc2aec1826aa1414eb
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20550 14882 0 0))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 \(fn)" t nil)
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 \(fn)" t nil)
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 \(fn)" t nil)
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
56 \(fn)" t nil)
58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
68 ;;;***
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20577 48876 0 0))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
86 \(fn)" t nil)
88 ;;;***
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
97 \(fn)" t nil)
99 ;;;***
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20460 33749 0 0))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
111 ;;;***
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20589 46442 0 0))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
147 \(fn)" nil nil)
149 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
187 the same person.
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
191 notices.
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
214 \(fn)" t nil)
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
217 Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
220 Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
223 Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
239 \(fn)" nil nil)
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
245 or a buffer.
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
252 ;;;***
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
304 the new one.
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
320 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
339 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
386 during preloading.
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
391 BODY...)
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
395 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
397 ;;;***
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
404 (autoload 'align "align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
423 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
433 options.
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
438 Fred (123) 456-7890
439 Alice (123) 456-7890
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
441 Joe (123) 456-7890
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
449 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
454 align that section.
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
474 to be colored.
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
481 \(fn)" t nil)
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
486 \(fn)" t nil)
488 ;;;***
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (20577 48876 0 0))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
502 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
503 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
511 \(fn)" nil nil)
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
528 Auto-layout is not.
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
560 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
569 \(fn)" nil t)
571 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
572 Toggle Allout outline mode.
573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
577 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
578 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
579 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
580 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
581 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
582 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
583 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
584 outline.)
586 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
588 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
589 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
590 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
591 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
592 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
593 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
594 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
595 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
597 and many other features.
599 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
600 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
601 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
602 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
603 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
605 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
606 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
607 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
608 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
609 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
610 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
611 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
612 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
613 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
614 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
616 Exposure Control:
617 ----------------
618 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
620 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
621 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
622 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
624 Navigation:
625 ----------
626 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
627 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
628 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
629 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
630 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
631 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
632 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
633 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
634 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
635 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
638 Topic Header Production:
639 -----------------------
640 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
641 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
642 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
644 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
645 ---------------------------------
646 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
647 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
648 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
649 current topic
650 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
651 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
652 are alternated according to nesting depth.
653 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
654 the offspring are not affected.
655 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
657 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
658 ----------------------------------
659 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
660 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
661 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
662 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
663 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
664 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
665 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
666 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
668 Topic-oriented Encryption:
669 -------------------------
670 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
671 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
673 Misc commands:
674 -------------
675 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
676 and establish a default file-var setting
677 for `allout-layout'.
678 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
679 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
680 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
681 buffer with name derived from derived from that
682 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
683 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
684 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
685 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
686 format.
687 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
688 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
689 auto-activation.
691 Topic Encryption
693 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
694 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
695 pending encryption on save.
697 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
698 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
699 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
700 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
701 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
703 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
704 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
705 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
706 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
707 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
708 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
709 signal.
711 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
712 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
713 for details.
715 HOT-SPOT Operation
717 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
718 navigation and exposure control.
720 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
721 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
722 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
723 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
724 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
726 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
727 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
728 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
729 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
730 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
732 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
733 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
734 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
735 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
736 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
737 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
738 at the beginning of the current entry.
740 Extending Allout
742 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
743 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
744 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
746 `allout-mode-hook'
747 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
748 `allout-mode-off-hook'
749 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
750 `allout-structure-added-functions'
751 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
752 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
753 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
754 `allout-post-undo-hook'
756 Terminology
758 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
760 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
761 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
762 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
763 CURRENT ITEM:
764 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
765 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
766 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
767 called the:
768 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
770 ANCESTORS:
771 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
772 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
773 of the ITEM.
774 OFFSPRING:
775 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
776 SUBTOPIC:
777 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
778 CHILD:
779 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
780 SIBLINGS:
781 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
783 Topic text constituents:
785 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
786 text.
787 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
788 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
789 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
790 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
791 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
792 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
793 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
794 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
795 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
796 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
797 the PREFIX.
799 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
800 of the ITEM.
801 PREFIX-LEAD:
802 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
803 It can be customized by changing the setting of
804 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
806 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
807 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
808 program code without interfering with processing of the text
809 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
810 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
811 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
812 docstring for more detail.
813 PREFIX-PADDING:
814 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
815 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
816 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
817 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
818 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
819 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
820 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
821 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
822 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
823 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
824 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
825 more details.
826 EXPOSURE:
827 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
828 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
829 CONCEALED:
830 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
831 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
833 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
834 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
835 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
839 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
841 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
842 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
844 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
845 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
849 ;;;***
851 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
852 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
853 ;;;;;; (20550 14882 0 0))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
856 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
859 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
861 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
863 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
865 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
866 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
868 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
869 visiting an outline.
871 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
872 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
874 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
875 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
876 you want allout widgets operation.
878 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
880 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
882 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
884 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
885 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
890 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
891 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
892 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
894 The graphics include:
896 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
898 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
899 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
901 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
902 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
904 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
905 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
906 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
910 ;;;***
912 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
913 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
916 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
919 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
920 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
921 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
922 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
923 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
925 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
927 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
930 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
932 ;;;***
934 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
935 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20550 14882 0 0))
936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
938 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
939 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
940 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
941 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
942 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
943 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
944 in the current window.
946 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
948 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
949 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
950 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
951 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
952 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
953 buffer if one does not exist.
955 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
957 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
958 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
959 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
960 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
961 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
965 ;;;***
967 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
968 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
971 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
972 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
974 \(fn)" t nil)
976 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
977 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
979 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
980 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
981 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
982 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
984 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
985 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
987 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
989 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
991 ;;;***
993 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
994 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
997 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
998 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
999 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1000 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1001 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1002 \\[yank].
1004 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1005 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1006 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1007 the rules.
1009 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1010 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1011 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1012 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1014 \(fn)" t nil)
1016 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1017 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1019 \(fn)" t nil)
1021 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1022 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1023 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1025 \(fn)" nil nil)
1027 ;;;***
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1030 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
1031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1033 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1034 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1035 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1036 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1037 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1038 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1040 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1042 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1043 Toggle checking of appointments.
1044 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1045 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1049 ;;;***
1051 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1052 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1053 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20523 63054
1054 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1055 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1057 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1058 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1059 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1060 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1062 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1063 kind of objects to search.
1065 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1067 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1068 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1069 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1070 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1071 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1072 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1074 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1075 normal variables.
1077 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1079 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1081 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1082 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1083 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1084 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1085 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1086 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1088 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1089 noninteractive functions.
1091 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1092 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1094 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1095 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1097 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1099 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1100 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1102 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1104 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1105 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1106 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1107 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1109 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1110 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1111 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1112 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1114 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1115 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1117 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1119 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1121 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1122 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1123 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1124 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1125 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1127 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1129 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1130 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1131 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1132 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1133 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1134 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1136 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1137 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1138 names and values of properties.
1140 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1142 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1144 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1145 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1146 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1147 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1148 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1149 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1151 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1152 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1153 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1154 documentation strings.
1156 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1158 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1160 ;;;***
1162 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20585
1163 ;;;;;; 55103 0 0))
1164 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1166 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1167 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1168 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1169 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1170 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1171 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1173 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1174 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1175 archive.
1177 \\{archive-mode-map}
1179 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1181 ;;;***
1183 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20244 35516 0
1184 ;;;;;; 0))
1185 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1187 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1188 Major mode for editing arrays.
1190 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1191 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1192 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1194 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1196 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1197 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1198 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1200 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1201 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1202 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1203 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1204 The variables are:
1206 Variables you assign:
1207 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1208 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1209 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1210 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1211 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1212 row numbers in the buffer.
1214 Variables which are calculated:
1215 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1216 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1218 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1219 take a numeric prefix argument):
1221 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1222 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1223 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1224 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1226 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1227 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1228 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1229 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1231 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1232 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1233 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1234 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1236 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1237 between that of point and mark.
1239 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1240 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1242 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1243 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1244 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1245 newlines inside rows)
1247 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1249 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1251 \(fn)" t nil)
1253 ;;;***
1255 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20513
1256 ;;;;;; 36786 0 0))
1257 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1259 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1260 Toggle Artist mode.
1261 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1262 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1263 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1265 How to quit Artist mode
1267 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1270 How to submit a bug report
1272 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1275 Drawing with the mouse:
1277 mouse-2
1278 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1279 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1280 below).
1282 mouse-1
1283 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1284 or pastes:
1286 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1289 to new point
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1306 lines
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1311 --------------------------------------------------------------
1312 Paste Paste Paste
1313 --------------------------------------------------------------
1314 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1315 --------------------------------------------------------------
1317 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1318 or diagonally.
1320 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1321 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1322 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1323 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1324 poly-lines.
1326 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1327 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1328 overwrite means the opposite.
1330 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1331 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1332 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1334 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1336 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1337 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1339 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1340 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1341 are currently drawing something.
1343 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1344 some time to fill.
1347 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1348 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1351 Settings
1353 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1355 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1357 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1359 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1361 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1362 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1364 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1367 Drawing with keys
1369 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1370 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1371 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1372 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1373 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1374 When pasting: Pastes
1376 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1378 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1380 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1381 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1382 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1383 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1384 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1385 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1388 Arrows
1390 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1391 of the line/poly-line
1393 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1394 of the line/poly-line
1397 Selecting operation
1399 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1401 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1402 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1404 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1405 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1406 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1407 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1408 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1410 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1411 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1412 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1413 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1414 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1415 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1416 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1417 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1418 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1419 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1420 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1423 Variables
1425 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1426 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1428 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1429 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1430 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1431 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1432 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1433 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1434 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1435 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1436 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1437 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1438 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1439 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1440 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1441 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1442 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1443 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1444 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1445 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1446 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1448 Hooks
1450 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1453 Keymap summary
1455 \\{artist-mode-map}
1457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1459 ;;;***
1461 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20356
1462 ;;;;;; 35090 0 0))
1463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1465 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1466 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1467 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1469 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1470 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1471 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1472 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1474 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1475 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1477 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1478 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1480 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1482 Special commands:
1483 \\{asm-mode-map}
1485 \(fn)" t nil)
1487 ;;;***
1489 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1490 ;;;;;; (20544 52783 0 0))
1491 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1493 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1494 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1495 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1496 let-binding.")
1498 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1500 ;;;***
1502 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1503 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
1504 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1506 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1507 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1508 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1510 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1512 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1513 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1515 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1516 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1518 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1519 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1520 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1521 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1522 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1523 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1524 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1525 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1527 For example:
1528 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1529 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1530 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1531 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1532 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1534 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1538 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1539 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1540 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1541 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1542 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1543 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1545 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1547 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1548 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1549 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1550 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1551 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1553 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1554 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1555 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1557 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1561 ;;;***
1563 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1564 ;;;;;; (20513 16153 0 0))
1565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1567 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1568 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1570 \(fn)" t nil)
1572 ;;;***
1574 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1575 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
1576 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1578 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1580 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1582 \(fn)" t nil)
1584 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1585 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1586 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1587 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1589 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1591 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1592 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1593 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1595 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1596 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1598 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1600 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1601 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1603 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1604 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1606 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1607 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1611 ;;;***
1613 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1614 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1615 ;;;;;; (20600 16892 0 0))
1616 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1618 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1620 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1622 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1623 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1624 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1626 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1627 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1628 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1629 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1630 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1632 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1634 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1636 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1637 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1638 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1639 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1640 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1642 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1643 directory or directories specified.
1645 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1646 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1647 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1648 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1649 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1650 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1652 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1654 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1655 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1656 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1657 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1658 should be non-nil).
1660 \(fn)" nil nil)
1662 ;;;***
1664 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1665 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1666 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
1667 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1669 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1670 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1671 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1672 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1673 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1675 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1676 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1677 disk changes.
1679 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1680 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1681 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1685 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1688 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1689 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1691 \(fn)" nil nil)
1693 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1694 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1695 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1696 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1697 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1699 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1700 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1701 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1702 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1703 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1705 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1706 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1707 writing before you save the file!
1709 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1713 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1714 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1716 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1717 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1719 \(fn)" nil nil)
1721 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1722 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1723 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1724 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1725 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1726 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1728 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1730 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1731 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1733 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1734 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1736 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1737 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1738 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1740 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1741 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1742 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1743 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1744 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1746 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1747 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1748 specifies in the mode line.
1750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1752 ;;;***
1754 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1755 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20600 16892 0 0))
1756 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1758 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1759 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1760 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1761 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1762 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1764 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1766 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1767 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1768 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1769 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1771 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1772 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1773 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1775 Effects of the different modes:
1776 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1777 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1778 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1779 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1780 a random distance & direction.
1781 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1782 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1783 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1785 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1787 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1788 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1789 definition of \"random distance\".)
1791 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1793 ;;;***
1795 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1796 ;;;;;; (20600 16892 0 0))
1797 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1798 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1800 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1801 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1802 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1803 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1805 \(fn)" t nil)
1807 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1808 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1809 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1810 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1811 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1812 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1814 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1816 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1817 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1818 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1819 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1820 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1822 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1823 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1824 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1825 seconds.
1827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1829 ;;;***
1831 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1832 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20559 38659 0 0))
1833 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1835 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1836 Time execution of FORMS.
1837 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1838 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1839 FORMS once.
1840 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1841 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1842 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1844 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1846 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1848 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1849 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1850 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1851 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1852 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1856 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1858 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1859 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1860 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1861 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1862 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1864 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1866 ;;;***
1868 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1869 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
1870 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1872 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1873 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1874 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1875 of corresponding buffers.
1876 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1877 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1878 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1879 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1880 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1881 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1883 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1885 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1886 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1888 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1890 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1891 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1892 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1893 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1895 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1896 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1897 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1898 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1899 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1901 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1902 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1905 Special information:
1907 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1909 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1910 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1911 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1912 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1913 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1914 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1915 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1916 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1917 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1918 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1919 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1921 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1922 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1923 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1924 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1925 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1926 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1927 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1928 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1930 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1932 ----------------------------------------------------------
1933 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1934 if that value is non-nil.
1936 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1938 \(fn)" t nil)
1940 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1941 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1942 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1943 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1944 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1945 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1946 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1947 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1948 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1949 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1950 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1951 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1953 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1955 ;;;***
1957 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1958 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
1959 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1961 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1962 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1964 \(fn)" t nil)
1966 ;;;***
1968 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1969 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1970 ;;;;;; (20356 35090 0 0))
1971 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1973 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1974 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1976 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1977 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1978 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1980 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1982 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1983 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1985 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1987 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1988 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1990 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1992 ;;;***
1994 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20553
1995 ;;;;;; 2323 0 0))
1996 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1998 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1999 Play blackbox.
2000 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2002 What is blackbox?
2004 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2005 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2006 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2007 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2008 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2009 your score.
2011 Overview of play:
2013 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2014 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2015 four.
2017 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2018 movement keys.
2020 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2021 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2023 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2024 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2026 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2027 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2028 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2029 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2030 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2031 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2033 Details:
2035 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2037 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2038 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2039 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2040 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2042 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2043 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2044 denoted by the letter `R'.
2046 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2047 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2048 denoted by the letter `H'.
2050 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2051 example.
2053 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2054 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2055 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2056 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2057 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2058 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2059 ray.
2061 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2062 degree deflection it causes.
2065 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2066 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2067 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2068 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2069 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2070 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2071 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2072 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2075 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2076 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2080 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2081 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2082 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2085 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2088 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2089 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2090 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2091 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2092 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2093 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2094 emerging from the box.
2096 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2100 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2101 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2102 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2103 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2104 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2105 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2107 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2108 a reflection.
2110 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2112 ;;;***
2114 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2115 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2116 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2117 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2118 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20589 46442 0 0))
2119 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2120 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2121 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2122 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2124 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2125 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2126 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2127 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2128 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2129 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2130 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2132 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2133 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2134 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2136 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2137 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2138 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2139 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2140 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2141 recent one.
2143 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2144 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2145 yank successive words.
2147 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2148 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2149 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2150 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2151 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2153 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2154 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2155 the list of bookmarks.)
2157 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2159 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2160 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2161 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2162 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2163 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2164 this.
2166 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2167 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2168 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2169 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2171 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2172 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2174 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2175 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2176 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2178 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2180 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2181 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2183 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2185 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2186 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2188 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2189 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2190 after a bookmark was set in it.
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2195 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2197 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2198 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2200 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2202 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2204 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2205 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2206 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2207 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2209 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2210 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2211 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2213 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2214 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2215 name.
2217 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2219 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2220 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2221 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2223 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2224 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2225 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2226 this.
2228 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2230 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2231 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2233 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2234 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2235 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2236 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2237 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2238 probably because we were called from there.
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2243 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2244 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2246 \(fn)" t nil)
2248 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2249 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2250 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2251 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2252 \(second argument).
2254 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2255 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2256 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2257 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2258 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2260 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2261 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2262 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2263 `bookmark-default-file'.
2265 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2267 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2268 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2269 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2270 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2271 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2272 while loading.
2274 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2275 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2276 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2277 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2278 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2279 explicitly.
2281 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2282 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2283 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2284 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2286 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2288 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2289 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2290 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2291 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2292 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2294 \(fn)" t nil)
2296 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2298 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2300 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2301 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2303 \(fn)" t nil)
2305 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2307 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2309 ;;;***
2311 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2312 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2313 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2314 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2315 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2316 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2317 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2318 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2319 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
2320 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2322 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2323 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2324 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2325 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2327 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2328 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2329 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2330 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2331 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2333 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2335 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2336 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2337 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2338 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2339 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2340 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2342 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2346 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2347 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2348 narrowed.
2350 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2352 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2353 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2355 \(fn)" t nil)
2357 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2358 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2360 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2362 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2364 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2365 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2366 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2367 first, if that exists.
2369 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2371 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2372 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2373 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2374 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2378 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2379 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2380 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2381 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2382 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2383 to use.
2385 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2387 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2388 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2389 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2390 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2392 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2394 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2395 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2396 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2397 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2399 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2400 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2401 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2402 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2405 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2406 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2416 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2418 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2419 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2420 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2421 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2424 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2425 new tab in an existing window instead.
2427 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2428 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2432 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2433 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2434 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2435 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2436 Firefox.
2438 When called interactively, if variable
2439 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2440 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2441 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2442 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2444 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2445 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2446 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2448 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2449 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2452 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2453 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2454 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2455 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2456 URL in a new window.
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2463 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2464 Chromium.
2466 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2468 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2469 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2470 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2471 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2473 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2474 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2475 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2476 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2478 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2479 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2480 new tab in an existing window instead.
2482 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2483 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2487 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2488 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2490 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2492 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2493 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2494 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2495 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2497 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2498 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2499 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2500 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2503 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2507 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2508 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2510 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2511 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2512 program is invoked according to the variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2515 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2516 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2517 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2518 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2521 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2523 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2525 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2526 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2527 Default to the URL around or before point.
2529 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2530 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2531 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2533 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2534 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2535 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2536 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2538 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2539 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2543 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2544 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2545 Default to the URL around or before point.
2547 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2548 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2549 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2551 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2552 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2554 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2556 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2557 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2558 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2559 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2561 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2563 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2564 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2565 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2566 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2567 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2568 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2570 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2572 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2573 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2574 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2575 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2576 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2578 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2579 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2580 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2581 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2583 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2584 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2588 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2589 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2590 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2591 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2592 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2593 current one.
2595 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2596 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2597 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2598 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2600 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2601 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2605 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2606 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2607 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2608 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2609 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2610 don't offer a form of remote control.
2612 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2614 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2615 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2616 Default to the URL around or before point.
2618 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2620 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2621 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2622 Default to the URL around the point.
2624 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2625 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2627 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2628 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2630 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2632 ;;;***
2634 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2635 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
2636 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2638 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2639 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2640 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2641 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2643 \(fn)" t nil)
2645 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2646 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2647 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2648 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2650 \(fn)" t nil)
2652 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2653 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2655 \(fn)" t nil)
2657 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2658 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2659 \\<bs-mode-map>
2660 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2661 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2662 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2663 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2665 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2666 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2667 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2668 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2669 name of buffer configuration.
2671 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2673 ;;;***
2675 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20567 31133
2676 ;;;;;; 0 0))
2677 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2679 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2680 Play Bubbles game.
2681 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2682 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2683 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2684 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2685 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2686 columns on its right towards the left.
2688 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2689 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2693 \(fn)" t nil)
2695 ;;;***
2697 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2698 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20600 16892 0 0))
2699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2701 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2703 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2704 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2705 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2706 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2707 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2711 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2712 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2716 ;;;***
2718 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2719 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2720 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2721 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2722 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20600 16892 0 0))
2723 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2724 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2726 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2728 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2730 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2731 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2732 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2733 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2734 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2735 else the global value will be modified.
2737 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2739 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2740 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2741 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2742 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2743 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2744 else the global value will be modified.
2746 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2748 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2749 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2750 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2752 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2754 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2755 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2756 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2757 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2759 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2760 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2761 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2762 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2763 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2764 before scanning it.
2766 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2767 that already has a `.elc' file.
2769 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2770 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2772 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2773 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2774 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2775 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2776 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2777 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2779 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2781 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2782 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2783 Print the result in the echo area.
2784 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2788 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2789 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2790 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2792 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2794 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2795 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2796 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2797 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2798 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2799 all functions called by those functions.
2801 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2802 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2803 cons, etc.).
2805 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2806 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2807 invoked interactively.
2809 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2811 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2812 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2813 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2814 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2816 \(fn)" nil nil)
2818 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2819 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2820 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2821 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2822 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2823 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2824 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2825 already up-to-date.
2827 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2829 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2830 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2831 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2832 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2834 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2835 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2836 and corresponding effects.
2838 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2840 ;;;***
2842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20244
2843 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
2844 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2846 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2848 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2850 ;;;***
2852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20468 36126
2853 ;;;;;; 0 0))
2854 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2856 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2858 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2860 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2862 ;;;***
2864 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2865 ;;;;;; (20290 33419 0 0))
2866 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2868 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2869 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2870 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2871 from the cursor position.
2873 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2875 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2877 ;;;***
2879 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2880 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2881 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20600
2882 ;;;;;; 16892 0 0))
2883 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2884 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2886 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2887 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2891 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2892 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2894 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2896 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2897 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2899 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2901 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2902 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2904 \(fn)" t nil)
2906 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2907 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2908 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2909 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2911 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2913 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2914 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2915 This is most useful in the X window system.
2916 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2917 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2919 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2921 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2922 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2923 See calc-keypad for details.
2925 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2927 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2928 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2930 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2932 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2933 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2935 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2937 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2938 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2940 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2942 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2943 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2944 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2946 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2948 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2949 Define Calc function.
2951 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2952 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2953 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2955 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2956 actual Lisp function name.
2958 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2960 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2962 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2964 ;;;***
2966 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20244
2967 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
2968 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2970 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2973 \(fn N)" t nil)
2975 ;;;***
2977 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20511
2978 ;;;;;; 52965 0 0))
2979 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2981 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2982 Run the Emacs calculator.
2983 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2985 \(fn)" t nil)
2987 ;;;***
2989 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20600
2990 ;;;;;; 16892 0 0))
2991 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2993 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2994 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2995 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2996 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2997 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2998 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3000 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3001 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3002 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3003 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3004 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3005 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3006 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3007 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3008 window.
3010 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3011 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3013 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3014 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3015 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3016 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3017 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3018 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3020 Runs the following hooks:
3022 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3023 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3024 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3025 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3027 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3031 ;;;***
3033 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3034 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
3035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3037 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3038 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3040 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3042 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3043 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3044 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3045 it fails.
3047 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3049 ;;;***
3051 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3052 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
3053 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3055 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3056 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3057 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3058 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3059 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3061 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3062 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3063 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3064 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3065 restriction to ASCII.
3067 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3069 capitalizedWorDD
3070 ^ ^ ^^
3072 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3073 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3074 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3076 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3077 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3078 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3079 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3080 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3081 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3082 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3084 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3085 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3089 ;;;***
3091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20244
3092 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
3093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3094 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3096 ;;;***
3098 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3099 ;;;;;; (20559 38659 0 0))
3100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3102 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3103 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3105 \(fn)" nil nil)
3107 ;;;***
3109 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3110 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3111 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20276 3849 0
3112 ;;;;;; 0))
3113 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3115 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3116 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3118 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3119 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3121 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3122 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3124 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3126 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3127 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3128 made from scratch.
3130 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3132 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3133 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3135 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3136 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3137 made from scratch.
3139 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3141 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3142 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3144 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3146 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3147 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3148 made from scratch.
3150 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3152 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3153 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3155 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3156 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3157 made from scratch.
3159 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3161 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3162 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3164 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3166 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3167 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3168 made from scratch.
3170 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3172 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3173 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3175 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3176 variables are guessed:
3178 * `c-basic-offset', and
3179 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3180 `c-offsets-alist'.
3182 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3183 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3185 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3186 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3188 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3189 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3190 guess is made from scratch.
3192 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3193 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3195 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3197 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3198 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3199 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3200 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3202 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3203 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3204 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3206 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3208 ;;;***
3210 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3211 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3212 ;;;;;; (20419 46656 0 0))
3213 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3215 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3216 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3217 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3218 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3219 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3220 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3221 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3223 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3225 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3226 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3227 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3228 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3229 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3230 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3231 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3232 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3233 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3236 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3237 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3238 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3239 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3240 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3241 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3243 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3245 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3246 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3248 Key bindings:
3249 \\{c-mode-map}
3251 \(fn)" t nil)
3253 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3254 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3256 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3257 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3258 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3259 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3260 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3261 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3262 message.
3264 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3266 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3267 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3269 Key bindings:
3270 \\{c++-mode-map}
3272 \(fn)" t nil)
3274 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3275 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3276 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3278 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3279 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3280 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3281 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3282 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3283 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3284 message.
3286 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3288 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3289 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3291 Key bindings:
3292 \\{objc-mode-map}
3294 \(fn)" t nil)
3296 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3297 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3298 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3300 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3301 Major mode for editing Java code.
3302 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3303 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3304 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3305 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3306 message.
3308 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3310 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3311 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3313 Key bindings:
3314 \\{java-mode-map}
3316 \(fn)" t nil)
3318 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3319 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3320 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3322 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3323 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3324 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3325 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3326 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3327 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3328 message.
3330 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3332 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3333 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3335 Key bindings:
3336 \\{idl-mode-map}
3338 \(fn)" t nil)
3340 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3341 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3342 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3343 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3345 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3346 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3347 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3348 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3349 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3350 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3351 message.
3353 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3355 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3356 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3358 Key bindings:
3359 \\{pike-mode-map}
3361 \(fn)" t nil)
3362 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3363 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3364 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3365 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3366 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3367 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3369 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3370 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3371 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3372 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3373 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3374 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3376 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3378 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3379 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3381 Key bindings:
3382 \\{awk-mode-map}
3384 \(fn)" t nil)
3386 ;;;***
3388 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3389 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
3390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3392 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3393 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3394 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3395 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3397 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3399 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3400 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3401 might get set too.
3403 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3404 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3405 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3406 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3407 in this way.
3409 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3410 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3411 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3412 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3413 a null operation.
3415 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3417 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3418 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3419 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3420 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3422 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3424 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3425 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3426 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3428 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3430 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3431 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3432 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3433 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3434 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3436 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3438 ;;;***
3440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20600 16892
3441 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3443 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3444 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3445 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3447 ;;;***
3449 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3450 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3451 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
3452 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3454 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3455 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3457 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3459 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3460 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3462 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3464 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3465 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3467 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3468 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3469 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3470 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3471 execution.
3473 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3475 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3477 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3478 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3480 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3481 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3482 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3483 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3485 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3486 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3487 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3488 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3489 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3490 `write' commands.
3492 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3493 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3494 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3495 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3497 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3498 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3499 semantics.
3501 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3503 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3505 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3507 STATEMENT :=
3508 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3509 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3511 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3512 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3513 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3514 | integer
3516 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3518 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3519 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3520 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3522 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3523 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3524 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3526 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3527 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3529 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3530 BREAK := (break)
3532 REPEAT :=
3533 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3534 (repeat)
3535 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3536 ;; (repeat))
3537 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3538 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3539 ;; (read REG)
3540 ;; (repeat))
3541 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3542 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3543 ;; (read REG)
3544 ;; (repeat))
3545 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3547 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3548 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3549 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3550 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3551 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3552 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3553 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3554 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3555 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3556 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3557 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3558 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3559 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3560 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3561 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3562 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3564 WRITE :=
3565 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3566 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3567 ;; representation.
3568 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3569 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3570 ;; (write r7))
3571 | (write EXPRESSION)
3572 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3573 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3574 ;; representation.
3575 | (write integer)
3576 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3577 ;; buffer.
3578 | (write string)
3579 ;; Same as: (write string)
3580 | string
3581 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3582 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3583 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3584 ;; representation.
3585 | (write REG ARRAY)
3586 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3587 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3588 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3589 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3590 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3591 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3593 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3594 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3596 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3597 END := (end)
3599 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3600 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3601 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3603 ARG := REG | integer
3605 OPERATOR :=
3606 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3607 + | - | * | / | %
3609 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3610 | & | `|' | ^
3612 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3613 | << | >>
3615 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3616 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3617 | <8
3619 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3620 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3621 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3622 | >8
3624 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3625 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3626 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3627 | //
3629 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3630 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3632 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3633 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3634 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3635 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3636 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3637 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3638 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3639 | de-sjis
3641 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3642 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3643 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3644 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3645 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3646 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3647 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3648 ;; byte of SJIS.
3649 | en-sjis
3651 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3652 ;; Same meaning as C code
3653 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3655 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3656 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3657 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3658 | <8=
3660 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3661 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3662 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3664 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3665 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3666 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3667 | //=
3669 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3672 TRANSLATE :=
3673 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3674 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3675 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3676 LOOKUP :=
3677 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3678 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3679 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3680 MAP :=
3681 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3682 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3683 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3684 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3685 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3686 MAP-ID := integer
3688 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3690 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3692 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3693 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3694 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3695 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3696 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3697 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3699 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3701 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3702 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3703 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3705 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3707 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3709 ;;;***
3711 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3712 ;;;;;; (20452 43334 0 0))
3713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3715 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3716 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3717 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3718 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3720 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3722 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3724 ;;;***
3726 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3727 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20356 35090 0 0))
3728 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3730 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3731 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3732 There are no special keybindings by default.
3734 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3735 to the action header.
3737 \(fn)" t nil)
3739 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3740 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3741 There are no special keybindings by default.
3743 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3744 to the action header.
3746 \(fn)" t nil)
3748 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3749 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3750 on the buffer contents
3752 \(fn)" nil nil)
3754 ;;;***
3756 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3757 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20380 26775 0 0))
3758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3760 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3761 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3762 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3764 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3766 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3767 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3768 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3770 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3772 ;;;***
3774 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3775 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3776 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3777 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3778 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3779 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3780 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3781 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3782 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20412 11425 0 0))
3783 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3784 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3785 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3786 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3787 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3788 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3790 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3793 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3795 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3796 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3797 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3798 the users will view as each check is completed.
3800 \(fn)" t nil)
3802 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3803 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3804 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3805 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3806 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3807 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3808 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3809 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3811 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3813 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3814 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3815 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3816 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3817 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3818 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3819 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3820 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3822 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3824 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3825 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3826 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3827 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3828 spacing are all verified.
3830 \(fn)" t nil)
3832 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3833 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3834 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3835 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3836 otherwise stop after the first error.
3838 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3840 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3841 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3842 Only documentation strings are checked.
3843 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3844 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3845 a separate buffer.
3847 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3849 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3850 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3851 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3852 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3853 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3855 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3857 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3858 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3859 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3860 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3861 if there is one.
3863 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3865 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3866 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3867 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3868 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3869 if there is one.
3870 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3872 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3874 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3875 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3876 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3878 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3880 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3881 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3882 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3883 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3884 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3886 \(fn)" t nil)
3888 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3889 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3890 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3891 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3892 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3893 space at the end of each line.
3895 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3897 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3898 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3899 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3900 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3902 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3904 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3905 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3906 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3907 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3909 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3911 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3912 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3913 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3914 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3916 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3918 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3919 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3920 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3921 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3923 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3925 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3926 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3927 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3928 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3930 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3932 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3933 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3934 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3935 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3937 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3939 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3940 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3941 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3942 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3944 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3946 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3947 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3948 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3949 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3951 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3953 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3954 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3955 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3956 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3958 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3960 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3961 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3962 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3963 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3964 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3966 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3967 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3968 checking of documentation strings.
3970 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3974 ;;;***
3976 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3977 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3978 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
3979 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3981 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3982 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3983 Return the length of resulting text.
3985 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3987 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3988 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3990 \(fn)" t nil)
3992 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3993 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3994 Return the length of resulting text.
3996 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3998 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3999 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4001 \(fn)" t nil)
4003 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4006 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4008 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4011 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4013 ;;;***
4015 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4016 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
4017 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4019 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4020 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4021 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4022 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4023 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4024 editing and the result is evaluated.
4026 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4028 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4029 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4030 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4031 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4032 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4034 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4036 \(fn)" t nil)
4038 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4039 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4040 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4041 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4042 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4044 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4045 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4046 \\{command-history-map}
4048 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4049 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4051 \(fn)" t nil)
4053 ;;;***
4055 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4056 ;;;;;; (20290 33419 0 0))
4057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4059 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4060 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4061 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4062 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4063 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4064 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4065 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4066 of this function.
4068 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4069 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4070 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4071 property are:
4073 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4074 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4076 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4077 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4078 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4079 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4080 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4081 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4082 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4083 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4084 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4085 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4086 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4087 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4089 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4090 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4091 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4093 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4094 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4095 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4096 list elements are:
4098 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4100 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4102 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4104 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4105 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4107 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4108 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4110 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4111 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4112 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4113 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4114 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4115 value specified by their associated list element.
4117 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4119 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4120 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4121 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4123 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4124 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4125 * indent the first argument by 4.
4126 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4127 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4128 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4130 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4132 ;;;***
4134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20600 16892
4135 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4136 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4138 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4140 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4141 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4142 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4143 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4144 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4145 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4147 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4148 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4150 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4152 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4154 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4156 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4158 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4160 ;;;***
4162 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4163 ;;;;;; (20567 31133 0 0))
4164 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4166 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4167 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4168 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4169 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4171 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4172 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4173 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4174 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4176 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4177 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4179 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4181 ;;;***
4183 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20244
4184 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
4185 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4187 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4188 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4189 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4190 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4191 of `scheme-program-name').
4192 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4193 it is given as initial input.
4194 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4195 discards input when it starts up.
4196 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4197 is run).
4198 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4200 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4202 ;;;***
4204 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20592 26321
4205 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4206 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4208 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4209 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4210 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4211 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4213 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4214 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4216 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4217 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4218 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4220 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4222 ;;;***
4224 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4225 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4226 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4227 ;;;;;; (20600 16892 0 0))
4228 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4230 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4231 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4232 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4233 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4234 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4235 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4236 functions have already modified the buffer.
4238 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4240 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4241 either globally or locally.")
4243 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4244 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4245 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4246 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4248 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4249 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4250 `start-file-process'
4251 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4252 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4253 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4255 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4256 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4258 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4260 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4262 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4264 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4265 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4266 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4267 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4268 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4269 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4270 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4271 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4272 process as its initial input.
4274 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4276 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4278 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4280 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4281 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4282 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4283 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4284 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4285 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4287 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4289 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4290 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4291 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4292 directory tracking functions.")
4294 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4295 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4296 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4298 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4300 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4302 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4303 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4304 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4306 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4308 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4310 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4311 Send COMMAND to current process.
4312 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4313 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4315 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4317 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4318 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4319 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4320 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4322 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4324 ;;;***
4326 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4327 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
4328 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4330 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4331 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4332 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4333 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4335 This command pushes the mark in each window
4336 at the prior location of point in that window.
4337 If both windows display the same buffer,
4338 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4339 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4341 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4342 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4343 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4344 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4345 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4346 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4347 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4348 ignored.
4350 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4351 this command work in interlaced mode:
4352 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4353 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4354 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4356 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4358 ;;;***
4360 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4361 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4362 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4363 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4364 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20577
4365 ;;;;;; 48876 0 0))
4366 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4368 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4369 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4371 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4373 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4374 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4375 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4376 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4377 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4378 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4379 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4381 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4383 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4384 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4386 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4388 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4389 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4390 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4391 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4392 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4394 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4395 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4396 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4397 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4398 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4400 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4401 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4402 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4403 describing how the process finished.")
4405 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4406 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4407 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4408 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4409 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4411 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4412 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4413 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4415 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4417 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4418 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4419 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4420 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4422 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4424 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4425 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4427 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4428 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4430 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4431 (lambda ()
4432 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4433 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4434 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4435 (concat \"make -k \"
4436 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4438 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4439 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4441 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4442 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4443 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4444 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4446 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4448 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4449 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4450 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4451 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4453 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4454 and move to the source code that caused it.
4456 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4457 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4459 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4460 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4461 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4462 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4464 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4465 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4466 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4467 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4469 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4470 kills its subprocesses.
4472 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4473 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4474 to a function that generates a unique name.
4476 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4478 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4479 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4480 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4481 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4483 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4484 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4486 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4487 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4488 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4489 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4491 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4492 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4493 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4495 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4497 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4499 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4500 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4501 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4502 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4503 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4505 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4507 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4509 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4511 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4513 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4514 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4516 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4517 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4519 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4520 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4521 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4522 See `compilation-mode'.
4524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4526 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4527 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4528 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4529 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4530 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4532 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4533 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4534 `compilation-mode'.
4536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4538 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4539 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4540 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4542 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4544 ;;;***
4546 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4547 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
4548 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4550 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4551 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4552 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4553 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4554 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4555 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4557 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4559 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4560 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4561 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4562 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4563 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4567 ;;;***
4569 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4570 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4571 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4572 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
4573 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4575 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4576 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4577 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4578 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4579 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4580 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4581 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4583 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4584 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4585 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4587 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4588 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4589 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4591 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4592 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4593 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4594 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4596 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4597 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4598 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4599 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4600 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4601 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4602 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4604 \\{conf-mode-map}
4606 \(fn)" t nil)
4608 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4609 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4610 Comments start with `#'.
4611 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4613 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4615 \[Desktop Entry]
4616 Encoding=UTF-8
4617 Name=The GIMP
4618 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4619 Name[cs]=GIMP
4621 \(fn)" t nil)
4623 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4624 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4625 Comments start with `;'.
4626 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4628 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4630 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4631 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4632 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4634 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4635 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4637 \(fn)" t nil)
4639 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4640 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4641 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4642 between `/*' and `*/'.
4643 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4645 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4646 // another kind of comment
4647 /* yet another */
4649 name:value
4650 name=value
4651 name value
4652 x.1 =
4653 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4654 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4656 \(fn)" t nil)
4658 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4659 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4660 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4661 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4662 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4663 `conf-space-keywords'.
4664 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4665 in an interactive fashion instead.
4667 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4669 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4671 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4672 image/png png
4673 image/tiff tiff tif
4675 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4676 class desktop
4677 # Standard multimedia devices
4678 add /dev/audio desktop
4679 add /dev/mixer desktop
4681 \(fn)" t nil)
4683 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4684 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4685 See `conf-space-mode'.
4687 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4689 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4690 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4691 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4692 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4694 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4696 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4697 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4699 \(fn)" t nil)
4701 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4702 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4703 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4704 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4706 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4708 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4709 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4711 \(fn)" t nil)
4713 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4714 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4715 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4716 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4718 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4720 *background: gray99
4721 *foreground: black
4723 \(fn)" t nil)
4725 ;;;***
4727 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4728 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20550 14882 0 0))
4729 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4731 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4732 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4733 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4734 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4736 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4738 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4739 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4740 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4741 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4743 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4745 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4746 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4747 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4748 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4750 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4752 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4753 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4755 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4757 ;;;***
4759 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4760 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20522
4761 ;;;;;; 30367 0 0))
4762 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4763 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4764 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4765 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4767 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4768 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4769 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4770 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4771 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4772 following the copyright are updated as well.
4773 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4774 interactively.
4776 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4778 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4779 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4780 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4781 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4782 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4784 \(fn)" t nil)
4786 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4787 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4789 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4791 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4792 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4793 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4795 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4797 ;;;***
4799 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4800 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20513 16153 0 0))
4801 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4802 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4803 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4804 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4805 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4806 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4807 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4808 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4810 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4811 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4812 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4813 Tab indents for Perl code.
4814 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4815 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4817 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4818 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4819 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4820 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4821 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4822 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4823 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4824 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4825 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4826 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4827 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4828 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4830 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4832 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4833 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4835 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4837 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4838 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4839 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4840 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4841 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4842 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4843 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4844 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4845 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4847 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4849 bite if angry;
4851 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4852 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4853 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4854 to nil.)
4856 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4857 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4858 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4860 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4862 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4863 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4864 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4865 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4866 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4868 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4870 if (A) { B }
4872 into
4874 B if A;
4876 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4878 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4879 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4880 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4881 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4882 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4883 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4884 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4885 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4886 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4887 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4888 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4889 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4890 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4892 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4893 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4894 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4895 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4896 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4897 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4899 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4900 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4901 man via menu.
4903 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4904 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4905 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4906 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4907 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4909 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4910 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4911 span the needed amount of lines.
4913 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4914 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4915 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4916 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4918 Variables controlling indentation style:
4919 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4920 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4921 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4922 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4923 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4924 `cperl-auto-newline'
4925 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4926 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4927 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4928 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4929 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4930 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4931 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4932 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4933 `cperl-indent-level'
4934 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4935 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4936 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4937 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4938 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4939 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4940 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4941 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4942 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4943 `cperl-brace-offset'
4944 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4945 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4946 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4947 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4948 `cperl-label-offset'
4949 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4950 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4951 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4953 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4954 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4955 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4956 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4957 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4958 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4960 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4961 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4962 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4963 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4965 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4966 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4967 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4968 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4969 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4970 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4971 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4973 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4974 column 0 is indented on
4975 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4977 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4978 with no args.
4980 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4981 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4982 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4984 \(fn)" t nil)
4986 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4987 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4989 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4991 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4992 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4994 \(fn)" t nil)
4996 ;;;***
4998 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4999 ;;;;;; (20356 35090 0 0))
5000 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5002 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5003 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5004 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5005 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5006 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5008 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5010 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5011 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5013 \(fn)" t nil)
5015 ;;;***
5017 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5018 ;;;;;; (20600 16892 0 0))
5019 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5021 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5022 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5023 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5024 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5026 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5027 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5029 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5031 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5032 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5033 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5034 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5035 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5039 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5041 ;;;***
5043 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5044 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
5045 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5047 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5048 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5049 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5050 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5052 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5053 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5054 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5055 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5057 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5058 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5059 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5061 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5062 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5063 'bob', and 'eve'.
5065 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5066 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5067 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5069 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5071 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5072 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5073 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5075 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5077 ;;;***
5079 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20511
5080 ;;;;;; 52965 0 0))
5081 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5083 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5084 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5086 \(fn)" t nil)
5088 ;;;***
5090 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5091 ;;;;;; (20434 28080 0 0))
5092 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5094 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5095 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5096 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5097 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5098 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5099 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5101 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5103 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5104 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5105 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5106 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5107 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5109 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5110 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5111 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5112 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5113 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5114 normal function of these prefix keys.
5116 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5117 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5118 options:
5119 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5120 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5121 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5123 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5124 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5125 the prefix fallback behavior.
5127 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5128 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5129 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5130 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5132 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5134 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5135 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5137 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5139 ;;;***
5141 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5142 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5143 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5144 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5145 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5146 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5147 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5148 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5149 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5150 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5151 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
5152 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5154 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5155 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5157 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5159 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5160 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5162 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5164 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5165 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5167 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5169 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5170 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5172 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5173 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5175 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5176 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5178 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5180 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5182 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5183 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5184 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5186 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5187 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5189 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5190 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5192 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5193 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5195 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5197 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5199 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5200 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5201 Return VALUE.
5203 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5204 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5206 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5207 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5209 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5210 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5212 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5214 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5216 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5217 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5218 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5219 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5221 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5222 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5223 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5225 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5227 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5228 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5229 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5230 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5231 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5233 \(fn)" t nil)
5235 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5236 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5237 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5238 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5240 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5242 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5243 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5244 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5246 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5248 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5249 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5251 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5253 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5255 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5256 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5258 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5260 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5262 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5263 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5264 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5266 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5268 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5269 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5270 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5271 as part of Emacs itself.
5273 Each elements looks like this:
5275 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5277 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5278 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5279 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5280 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5281 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5282 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5283 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5284 and `defface'.
5286 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5288 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5289 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5290 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5291 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5292 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5294 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5295 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5296 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5297 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5299 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5301 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5302 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5303 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5304 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5305 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5306 release.
5308 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5309 that were added or redefined since that version.
5311 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5313 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5314 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5315 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5316 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5318 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5320 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5321 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5323 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5325 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5326 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5327 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5329 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5330 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5332 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5334 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5335 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5337 \(fn)" t nil)
5339 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5340 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5342 \(fn)" t nil)
5344 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5345 Customize all saved options and faces.
5347 \(fn)" t nil)
5349 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5350 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5351 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5352 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5353 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5354 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5356 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5357 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5358 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5360 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5362 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5363 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5365 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5367 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5368 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5370 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5372 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5373 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5375 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5377 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5378 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5379 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5380 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5381 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5382 that option.
5384 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5386 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5387 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5388 The result includes selecting that window.
5389 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5390 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5391 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5392 that option.
5394 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5396 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5397 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5399 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5401 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5402 File used for storing customization information.
5403 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5404 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5405 it should be an absolute file name.
5407 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5408 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5409 something like the following in your init file:
5411 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5412 \(load custom-file)
5414 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5415 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5417 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5418 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5419 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5420 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5421 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5423 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5424 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5425 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5426 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5427 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5428 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5429 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5430 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5431 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5432 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5434 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5436 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5437 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5439 \(fn)" nil nil)
5441 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5442 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5444 \(fn)" t nil)
5446 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5447 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5448 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5450 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5452 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5453 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5454 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5455 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5456 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5458 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5460 ;;;***
5462 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5463 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20336
5464 ;;;;;; 29137 0 0))
5465 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5467 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5468 Create or edit a custom theme.
5469 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5470 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5471 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5472 from the Custom save file.
5473 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5474 named *Custom Theme*.
5476 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5478 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5479 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5481 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5483 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5484 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5486 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5488 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5489 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5490 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5491 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5493 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5495 ;;;***
5497 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5498 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
5499 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5501 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5502 Mode used for cvs status output.
5504 \(fn)" t nil)
5506 ;;;***
5508 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el"
5509 ;;;;;; (20577 48876 0 0))
5510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5512 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5513 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5515 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5517 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5518 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5519 C++ modes are included.
5521 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5522 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5523 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5527 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5529 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5530 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5531 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5533 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5534 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5536 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5538 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5539 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5540 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5541 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5542 ARG is omitted or nil.
5544 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5545 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5546 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5550 ;;;***
5552 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5553 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5554 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
5555 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5557 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5558 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5560 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5562 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5563 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5565 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5567 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5568 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5569 For readability, the table is slightly
5570 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5572 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5573 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5574 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5575 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5576 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5578 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5580 ;;;***
5582 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5583 ;;;;;; (20412 11425 0 0))
5584 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5585 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5586 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5587 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5588 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5590 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5591 Completion on current word.
5592 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5593 and presents suggestions for completion.
5595 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5596 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5597 completions.
5599 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5600 then it searches *all* buffers.
5602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5604 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5605 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5607 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5608 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5609 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5610 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5611 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5613 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5614 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5616 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5617 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5618 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5620 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5621 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5623 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5625 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5627 ;;;***
5629 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5630 ;;;;;; (20585 59413 0 0))
5631 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5633 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5634 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5636 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5638 ;;;***
5640 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20523
5641 ;;;;;; 63054 0 0))
5642 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5644 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5645 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5646 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5647 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5648 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5650 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5652 ;;;***
5654 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20356
5655 ;;;;;; 35090 0 0))
5656 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5658 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5659 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5661 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5662 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5663 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5665 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5666 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5667 Data lines are not indented.
5669 Key bindings:
5671 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5672 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5674 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5675 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5676 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5677 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5679 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5681 dcl-basic-offset
5682 Extra indentation within blocks.
5684 dcl-continuation-offset
5685 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5687 dcl-margin-offset
5688 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5690 dcl-margin-label-offset
5691 Indentation for a label.
5693 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5694 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5696 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5697 dcl-block-end-regexp
5698 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5699 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5700 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5701 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5702 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5704 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5705 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5706 Two such functions are included in the package:
5707 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5708 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5710 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5711 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5712 One such function is included in the package:
5713 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5715 dcl-tab-always-indent
5716 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5717 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5718 margin.
5720 dcl-electric-characters
5721 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5722 typed.
5724 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5725 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5726 which words trigger electric indentation.
5728 dcl-tempo-comma
5729 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5730 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5731 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5733 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5734 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5735 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5736 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5738 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5739 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5740 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5741 dcl-imenu-label-call
5742 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5744 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5745 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5746 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5747 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5750 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5752 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5753 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5754 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5755 $ i = 1
5756 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5757 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5758 $ label:
5759 $ if i.eq.1
5760 $ then
5761 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5762 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5763 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5764 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5765 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5766 \"lined up with the command line\"
5767 $ type sys$input
5768 Data lines are not indented at all.
5769 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5770 $ endif
5774 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5775 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5777 \(fn)" t nil)
5779 ;;;***
5781 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5782 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20589 46442 0 0))
5783 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5785 (setq debugger 'debug)
5787 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5788 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5789 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5790 of the evaluator.
5792 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5793 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5794 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5796 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5798 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5799 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5801 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5803 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5804 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5805 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5806 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5807 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5808 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5810 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5811 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5813 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5815 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5816 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5817 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5818 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5819 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5821 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5823 ;;;***
5825 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5826 ;;;;;; (20567 31133 0 0))
5827 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5829 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5830 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5832 \(fn)" t nil)
5834 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5835 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5836 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5837 Upper-case letters are commands.
5839 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5840 modify it.
5842 The most useful commands are:
5843 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5844 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5845 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5846 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5847 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5848 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5850 \(fn)" t nil)
5852 ;;;***
5854 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5855 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20244
5856 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
5857 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5859 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5860 Customization of `columns' group.
5862 \(fn)" t nil)
5864 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5865 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5867 START and END delimits the text region.
5869 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5871 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5872 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5874 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5876 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5878 ;;;***
5880 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20356
5881 ;;;;;; 35090 0 0))
5882 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5884 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5885 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5886 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5887 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5888 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5889 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5890 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5892 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5894 Customization:
5896 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5897 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5898 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5899 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5900 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5901 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5902 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5903 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5904 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5905 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5906 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5907 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5908 blank line.
5909 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5910 Directories to search when finding external units.
5911 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5912 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5914 Coloring:
5916 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5917 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5918 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5919 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5920 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5921 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5922 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5923 Face used to color everything else.
5925 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5926 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5928 \(fn)" t nil)
5930 ;;;***
5932 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20517
5933 ;;;;;; 4109 0 0))
5934 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5936 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5938 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5939 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5940 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5941 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5942 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5943 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5945 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5947 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5948 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5949 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5950 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5951 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5953 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5954 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5955 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5956 any selection.
5958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5960 ;;;***
5962 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5963 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
5964 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5966 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5967 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5969 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5971 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5972 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5973 or nil if there is no parent.
5974 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5975 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5976 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5977 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5978 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5980 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5981 arguments are currently understood:
5982 :group GROUP
5983 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5984 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5985 :syntax-table TABLE
5986 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5987 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5988 :abbrev-table TABLE
5989 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5990 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5992 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5994 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5996 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5997 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5998 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6000 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6001 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6003 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6004 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6005 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6007 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6008 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6010 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6011 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6013 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6015 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6017 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6019 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6020 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6021 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6022 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6023 the first time the mode is used.
6025 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6027 ;;;***
6029 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6030 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20535 44414 0 0))
6031 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6033 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6034 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6035 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6036 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6037 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6038 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6039 otherwise.
6041 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6043 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6044 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6045 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6046 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6048 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6049 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6050 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6052 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6053 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6054 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6055 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6056 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6057 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6058 relevant to POS.
6060 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6062 ;;;***
6064 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6065 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6066 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6067 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
6068 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6070 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6071 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6072 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6074 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6076 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6077 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6078 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6079 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6080 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6082 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6083 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6084 `desktop-read' for details.
6086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6088 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6089 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6090 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6091 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6093 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6095 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6096 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6097 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6099 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6100 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6101 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6103 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6104 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6106 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6107 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6108 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6110 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6111 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6112 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6113 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6115 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6117 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6118 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6120 Handlers are called with argument list
6122 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6124 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6126 desktop-file-version
6127 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6128 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6129 desktop-buffer-point
6130 desktop-buffer-mark
6131 desktop-buffer-read-only
6132 desktop-buffer-locals
6134 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6135 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6137 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6138 code like
6140 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6142 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6143 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6145 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6147 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6149 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6150 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6151 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6152 List elements must have the form
6154 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6156 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6157 function.
6159 Handlers are called with argument list
6161 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6163 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6165 desktop-file-version
6166 desktop-buffer-file-name
6167 desktop-buffer-name
6168 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6169 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6170 desktop-buffer-point
6171 desktop-buffer-mark
6172 desktop-buffer-read-only
6173 desktop-buffer-misc
6175 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6176 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6177 created and set.
6179 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6180 code like
6182 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6184 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6185 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6187 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6189 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6191 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6193 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6194 Empty the Desktop.
6195 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6196 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6197 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6199 \(fn)" t nil)
6201 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6202 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6203 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6204 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6205 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6207 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6209 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6210 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6211 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6213 \(fn)" t nil)
6215 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6216 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6217 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6218 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6219 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6220 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6221 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6222 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6224 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6226 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6227 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6228 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6230 \(fn)" nil nil)
6232 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode "22.1")
6234 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6235 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6236 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6237 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6238 directory DIRNAME.
6240 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6242 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6243 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6245 \(fn)" t nil)
6247 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6248 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6250 \(fn)" t nil)
6252 ;;;***
6254 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6255 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6256 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
6257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6259 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6260 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6261 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6262 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6263 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6264 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6266 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6268 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6269 Repair a broken attribution line.
6270 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6272 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6274 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6275 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6276 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6277 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6279 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6281 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6282 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6284 \(fn)" t nil)
6286 ;;;***
6288 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6289 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
6290 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6292 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6293 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6294 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6295 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6296 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6300 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6301 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6302 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6303 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6305 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6306 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6307 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6308 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6310 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6311 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6313 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6314 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6315 calendar-date-style 'european
6316 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6318 \(diary-mail-entries)
6320 # diary-rem.el ends here
6322 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6324 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6325 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6327 \(fn)" t nil)
6329 ;;;***
6331 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-latest-backup-file
6332 ;;;;;; diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el"
6333 ;;;;;; (20571 23797 0 0))
6334 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6336 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6337 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6339 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6341 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6342 The command to use to run diff.")
6344 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6346 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6347 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6348 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6349 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6350 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6351 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6353 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6354 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6355 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6357 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6359 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6360 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6361 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6362 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6363 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6364 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6366 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6368 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6369 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6371 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6373 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6374 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6375 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6377 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6379 ;;;***
6381 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6382 ;;;;;; (20589 46442 0 0))
6383 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6385 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6386 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6387 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6388 normal diffs.
6390 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6391 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6392 headers for you on-the-fly.
6394 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6395 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6396 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6398 \\{diff-mode-map}
6400 \(fn)" t nil)
6402 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6403 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6404 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6405 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6406 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6408 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6412 ;;;***
6414 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
6415 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6417 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6418 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6419 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6421 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6423 ;;;***
6425 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6426 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20592 26321
6427 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6428 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6430 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6431 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6432 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6433 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6434 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6435 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6436 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6437 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6439 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6441 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6442 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6443 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6444 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6445 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6446 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6448 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6449 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6450 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6451 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6452 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6453 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6454 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6455 list of files to make directory entries for.
6456 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6457 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6458 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6460 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6462 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6463 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6465 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6466 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6468 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6469 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6471 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6472 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6474 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6476 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6477 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6479 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6481 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6482 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6483 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6484 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6485 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6486 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6487 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6488 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6489 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6490 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6491 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6492 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6493 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6494 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6495 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6496 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6497 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6498 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6499 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6500 to see why something went wrong.
6501 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6502 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6503 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6504 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6505 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6506 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6507 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6508 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6509 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6510 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6511 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6512 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6513 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6515 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6516 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6517 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6518 again for the directory tree.
6520 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6521 for more info):
6523 `dired-listing-switches'
6524 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6525 `dired-marker-char'
6526 `dired-del-marker'
6527 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6528 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6529 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6530 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6532 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6534 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6535 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6536 `dired-mode-hook'
6537 `dired-load-hook'
6539 Keybindings:
6540 \\{dired-mode-map}
6542 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6543 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6545 ;;;***
6547 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6548 ;;;;;; (20412 11425 0 0))
6549 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6551 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6552 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6553 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6554 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6555 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6557 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6558 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6559 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6561 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6562 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6563 directory.
6565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6567 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6568 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6569 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6570 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6571 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6572 from `default-directory'.
6574 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6576 ;;;***
6578 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20511
6579 ;;;;;; 52965 0 0))
6580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6582 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6583 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6584 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6585 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6586 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6587 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6589 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6591 ;;;***
6593 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6594 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6595 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6596 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6597 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6598 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
6599 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6601 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6602 Return a new, empty display table.
6604 \(fn)" nil nil)
6606 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6607 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6608 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6609 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6610 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6612 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6614 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6615 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6616 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6617 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6618 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6620 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6622 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6623 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6625 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6627 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6628 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6630 \(fn)" t nil)
6632 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6633 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6635 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6636 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6638 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6639 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6640 byte.
6642 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6643 in the default way after this call.
6645 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6647 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6648 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6650 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6652 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6653 Display character C using printable string S.
6655 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6657 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6658 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6659 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6660 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6662 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6664 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6665 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6666 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6667 X frame.
6669 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6671 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6672 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6674 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6676 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6677 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6679 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6681 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6682 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6684 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6686 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6687 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6689 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6691 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6692 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6694 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6696 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6697 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6699 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6700 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6702 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6703 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6705 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6706 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6707 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6708 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6710 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6711 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6712 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6713 in `.emacs'.
6715 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6717 ;;;***
6719 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6720 ;;;;;; (20550 14882 0 0))
6721 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6723 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6724 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6725 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6726 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6727 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6728 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6729 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6730 Default is 2.
6732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6734 ;;;***
6736 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20244 35516
6737 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6738 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6740 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6741 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6742 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6743 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6744 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6745 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6746 private or ask).
6747 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6748 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6749 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6750 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6751 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6753 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6755 ;;;***
6757 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6758 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
6759 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6761 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6762 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6763 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6764 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6765 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6766 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6767 table and its own syntax table.
6769 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6771 \(fn)" t nil)
6772 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6774 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6775 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6777 \(fn)" t nil)
6779 ;;;***
6781 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6782 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20581
6783 ;;;;;; 44007 0 0))
6784 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6786 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6787 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6788 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6789 OpenDocument format).
6791 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6793 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6794 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6796 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6797 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6799 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6800 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6801 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6803 \(fn)" t nil)
6805 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6806 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6807 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6808 to the next best mode.
6810 \(fn)" nil nil)
6812 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6813 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6814 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6815 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6816 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6818 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6822 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6825 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6827 ;;;***
6829 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20550 14882
6830 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6831 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6833 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6834 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6836 \(fn)" t nil)
6838 ;;;***
6840 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20244 35516
6841 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6842 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6844 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6845 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6846 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6847 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6848 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6850 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6851 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6855 ;;;***
6857 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20550 14882
6858 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6859 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6861 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6862 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6864 \(fn)" t nil)
6866 ;;;***
6868 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6869 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6870 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
6871 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6873 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6875 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6876 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6877 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6878 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6879 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6881 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6882 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6883 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6884 and disables it otherwise.
6886 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6887 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6888 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6889 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6891 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6892 documenting what its argument does.
6894 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6895 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6896 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6897 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6898 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6899 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6900 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6901 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6903 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6904 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6905 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6906 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6907 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6908 mode is global):
6910 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6911 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6912 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6913 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6914 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6915 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6916 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6917 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6918 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6919 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6920 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6921 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6922 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6923 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6924 named variable, or more generally anything that can be used
6925 with the CL macro `setf'. PLACE can also be of the form
6926 (GET . SET), where GET is an expression that returns the
6927 current state, and SET is a function that takes one argument,
6928 the new state, and sets it. If you specify a :variable,
6929 this function does not define a MODE variable (nor any of
6930 the terms used in :variable).
6931 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6932 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6934 For example, you could write
6935 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6936 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6937 ...BODY CODE...)
6939 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6941 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6943 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6945 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6947 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6948 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6949 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6950 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6951 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6952 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6953 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6954 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6955 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6956 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6957 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6958 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6960 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6961 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6962 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6963 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6964 call another major mode in their body.
6966 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6968 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6970 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6971 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6972 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6973 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6974 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6975 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6976 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6978 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6980 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6981 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6982 :inherit Parent keymap.
6983 :group Ignored.
6984 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6985 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6987 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6989 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6990 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6991 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6992 the constant's documentation.
6994 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6996 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6997 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6998 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7000 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7002 ;;;***
7004 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7005 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20567
7006 ;;;;;; 31133 0 0))
7007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7009 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7010 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7012 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7013 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7014 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7016 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7017 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7019 :filter FUNCTION
7021 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7022 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7024 :visible INCLUDE
7026 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7027 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7029 :active ENABLE
7031 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
7032 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7034 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7036 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7038 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7040 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7041 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7043 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7044 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7046 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7048 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7050 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7052 :keys KEYS
7054 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7055 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7056 computed automatically.
7057 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7059 :key-sequence KEYS
7061 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7062 menu item.
7063 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs's first display of
7064 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7065 keyboard equivalent.
7067 :active ENABLE
7069 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
7070 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7072 :visible INCLUDE
7074 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7075 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7077 :label FORM
7079 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7080 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7082 :suffix FORM
7084 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7085 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7087 :style STYLE
7089 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7090 defined:
7092 toggle: A checkbox.
7093 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7094 radio: A radio button.
7095 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7096 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7097 menu bar itself.
7098 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7100 :selected SELECTED
7102 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7103 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7105 :help HELP
7107 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7109 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7110 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7111 as a solid horizontal line.
7113 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7115 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7117 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7119 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7122 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7124 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7125 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7126 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7127 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7129 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7131 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7132 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7133 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7134 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7135 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7136 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7138 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7139 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7140 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7142 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7143 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7144 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7146 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7147 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7149 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7151 ;;;***
7153 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7154 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7155 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7156 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7157 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7158 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7159 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7160 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
7161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7163 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7164 Customization for ebnf group.
7166 \(fn)" t nil)
7168 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7169 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7171 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7173 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7174 processed.
7176 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7178 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7180 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7181 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7183 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7184 killed after process termination.
7186 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7188 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7190 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7191 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7193 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7194 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7195 it to the printer.
7197 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7198 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7199 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7200 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7202 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7204 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7205 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7206 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7208 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7210 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7211 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7213 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7215 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7216 processed.
7218 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7220 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7222 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7223 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7225 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7226 killed after process termination.
7228 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7230 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7232 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7233 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7234 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7235 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7237 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7239 \(fn)" t nil)
7241 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7242 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7243 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7245 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7247 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7249 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7250 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7252 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7254 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7255 processed.
7257 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7259 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7261 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7262 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7264 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7265 killed after EPS generation.
7267 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7269 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7271 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7272 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7274 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7275 The EPS file name has the following form:
7277 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7279 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7280 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7282 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7283 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7284 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7285 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7286 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7288 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7289 files.
7291 \(fn)" t nil)
7293 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7294 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7296 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7297 The EPS file name has the following form:
7299 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7301 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7302 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7304 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7305 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7306 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7307 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7308 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7310 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7311 files.
7313 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7315 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7320 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7322 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7323 are processed.
7325 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7327 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7329 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7330 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7332 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7333 killed after syntax checking.
7335 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7337 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7339 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7340 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7342 \(fn)" t nil)
7344 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7345 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7347 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7349 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7350 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7352 \(fn)" nil nil)
7354 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7355 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7357 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7359 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7361 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7362 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7364 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7366 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7368 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7369 Delete style NAME.
7371 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7373 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7375 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7376 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7378 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7380 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7382 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7383 Set STYLE as the current style.
7385 Returns the old style symbol.
7387 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7389 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7391 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7392 Reset current style.
7394 Returns the old style symbol.
7396 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7398 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7400 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7401 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7403 Returns the old style symbol.
7405 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7407 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7409 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7411 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7412 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7414 Returns the old style symbol.
7416 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7418 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7420 \(fn)" t nil)
7422 ;;;***
7424 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7425 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7426 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7427 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7428 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7429 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7430 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7431 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7432 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7433 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7434 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20567
7435 ;;;;;; 31133 0 0))
7436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7438 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7439 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7440 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7441 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7442 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7443 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7445 Tree mode key bindings:
7446 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7448 \(fn)" t nil)
7450 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7451 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7453 \(fn)" t nil)
7455 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7456 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7458 \(fn)" t nil)
7460 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7461 View declaration of member at point.
7463 \(fn)" t nil)
7465 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7466 Find declaration of member at point.
7468 \(fn)" t nil)
7470 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7471 View definition of member at point.
7473 \(fn)" t nil)
7475 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7476 Find definition of member at point.
7478 \(fn)" t nil)
7480 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7481 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7483 \(fn)" t nil)
7485 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7486 View definition of member at point in other window.
7488 \(fn)" t nil)
7490 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7491 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7493 \(fn)" t nil)
7495 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7496 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7498 \(fn)" t nil)
7500 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7501 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7503 \(fn)" t nil)
7505 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7506 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7508 \(fn)" t nil)
7510 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7511 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7512 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7513 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7514 completion.
7516 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7518 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7519 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7520 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7521 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7523 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7525 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7526 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7527 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7528 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7530 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7533 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7534 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7536 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7538 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7539 Search for call sites of a member.
7540 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7541 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7542 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7543 looks like a function call to the member.
7545 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7547 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7548 Move backward in the position stack.
7549 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7551 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7553 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7554 Move forward in the position stack.
7555 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7557 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7559 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7560 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7562 \(fn)" t nil)
7564 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7565 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7567 \(fn)" t nil)
7569 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7570 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7571 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7572 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7574 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7576 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7577 Display statistics for a class tree.
7579 \(fn)" t nil)
7581 ;;;***
7583 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7584 ;;;;;; (20523 63054 0 0))
7585 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7587 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7588 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7589 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7590 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7591 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7592 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7593 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7595 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7597 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7598 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7599 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7600 also has this effect.
7601 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7602 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7603 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7604 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7605 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7606 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7607 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7608 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7609 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7610 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7612 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7614 ;;;***
7616 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7617 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
7618 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7620 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7621 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7622 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7624 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7626 ;;;***
7628 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7629 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
7630 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7632 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7635 \(fn)" nil nil)
7637 ;;;***
7639 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20592 26321
7640 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7641 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7643 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7644 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7645 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7647 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7648 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7650 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7652 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7653 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7654 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7655 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7656 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7658 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7659 an EDE controlled project.
7661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7663 ;;;***
7665 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7666 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7667 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20600 16892 0 0))
7668 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7670 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7671 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7672 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7673 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7674 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7676 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7677 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7678 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7679 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7681 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7683 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7684 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7685 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7686 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7688 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7690 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7691 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7692 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7693 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7695 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7697 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7699 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7700 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7701 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7702 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7703 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7705 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7706 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7707 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7708 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7709 instrumented for Edebug.
7711 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7712 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7713 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7714 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7715 already is one.)
7717 \(fn)" t nil)
7719 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7720 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7722 \(fn)" t nil)
7724 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7725 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7727 \(fn)" t nil)
7729 ;;;***
7731 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7732 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7733 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7734 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7735 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7736 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7737 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7738 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7739 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7740 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20511 52965
7741 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7742 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7744 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7745 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7747 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7749 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7750 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7752 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7754 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7756 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7758 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7759 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7760 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7761 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7763 \(fn)" t nil)
7765 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7766 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7767 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7768 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7770 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7772 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7773 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7775 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7777 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7779 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7780 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7782 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7784 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7786 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7787 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7788 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7789 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7791 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7793 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7795 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7796 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7797 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7798 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7800 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7802 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7804 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7805 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7806 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7807 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7809 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7811 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7813 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7814 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7815 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7816 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7818 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7820 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7822 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7823 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7824 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7825 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7826 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7827 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7829 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7831 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7832 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7833 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7834 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7836 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7838 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7840 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7841 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7842 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7843 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7845 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7847 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7849 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7851 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7852 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7853 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7854 follows:
7855 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7856 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7858 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7860 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7861 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7862 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7863 follows:
7864 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7865 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7867 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7869 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7870 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7871 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7872 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7873 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7875 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7877 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7878 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7879 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7880 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7881 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7882 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7884 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7886 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7888 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7889 Merge two files without ancestor.
7891 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7893 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7894 Merge two files with ancestor.
7896 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7898 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7900 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7901 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7903 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7905 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7906 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7908 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7910 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7911 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7912 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7913 buffer.
7915 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7917 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7918 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7919 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7920 buffer.
7922 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7924 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7925 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7926 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7927 and don't ask the user.
7928 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7929 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7931 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7933 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7934 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7935 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7936 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7937 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7938 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7939 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7940 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7942 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7944 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7946 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7948 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7949 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7950 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7951 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7952 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7954 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7956 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7958 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7959 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7960 When called interactively, displays the version.
7962 \(fn)" t nil)
7964 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7965 Display Ediff's manual.
7966 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7968 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7970 ;;;***
7972 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7973 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
7974 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7976 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7979 \(fn)" t nil)
7981 ;;;***
7983 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7984 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
7985 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7987 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7988 Display Ediff's registry.
7990 \(fn)" t nil)
7992 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7994 ;;;***
7996 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7997 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20585 55103 0 0))
7998 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8000 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8001 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8002 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8003 which see.
8005 \(fn)" t nil)
8007 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8008 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8009 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8010 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8012 \(fn)" t nil)
8014 ;;;***
8016 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8017 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8018 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
8019 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8021 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8022 Edit a keyboard macro.
8023 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8024 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8025 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8026 its command name.
8027 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8029 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8031 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8032 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8034 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8036 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8037 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8039 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8041 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8042 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8043 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8044 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8045 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8046 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8048 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8049 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8050 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8051 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8053 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8055 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8056 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8057 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8058 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8059 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8060 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8062 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8064 ;;;***
8066 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8067 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
8068 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8070 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8071 Set scroll margins.
8072 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8073 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8075 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8077 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8078 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8080 \(fn)" t nil)
8082 ;;;***
8084 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8085 ;;;;;; (20600 16892 0 0))
8086 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8088 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8089 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8090 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8091 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8092 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8093 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8094 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8096 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8097 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8099 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8100 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8101 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8102 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8104 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8105 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8106 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8108 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8109 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8110 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8112 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8114 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8117 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8119 ;;;***
8121 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-object) "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8122 ;;;;;; (20585 59413 0 0))
8123 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8125 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8126 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8127 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8129 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8131 ;;;***
8133 ;;;### (autoloads (eieio-describe-generic eieio-describe-constructor
8134 ;;;;;; eieio-describe-class eieio-browse) "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
8135 ;;;;;; (20585 59413 0 0))
8136 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8138 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8139 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8140 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8141 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8143 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8144 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8146 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8147 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8148 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8149 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8151 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8153 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8154 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8155 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8157 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8158 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8160 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8161 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8162 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8164 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8166 ;;;***
8168 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8169 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
8170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8172 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8173 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8175 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8177 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8178 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8179 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8180 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8181 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8183 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8184 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8185 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8186 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8187 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8188 expression point is on.
8190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8192 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8193 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8195 \(fn)" t nil)
8197 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8198 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8199 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8200 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8201 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8202 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8203 arg list.
8205 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8206 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8207 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8208 effect.
8210 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8211 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8213 ;;;***
8215 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8216 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
8217 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8219 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8220 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8222 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8223 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8224 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8226 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8227 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8229 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8231 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8232 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8233 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8234 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8235 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8237 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8238 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8239 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8243 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8244 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8245 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8246 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8247 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8248 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8250 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8252 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8253 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8254 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8255 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8256 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8258 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8259 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8260 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8262 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8266 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8267 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8268 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8270 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8271 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8273 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8275 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8276 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8278 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8279 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8280 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8284 ;;;***
8286 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20244
8287 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
8288 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8290 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8291 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8293 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8294 an elided material again.
8296 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8300 ;;;***
8302 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8303 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8304 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
8305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8307 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8308 Lint the file FILE.
8310 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8312 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8313 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8314 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8316 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8318 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8319 Lint the current buffer.
8320 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8322 \(fn)" t nil)
8324 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8325 Lint the function at point.
8326 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8328 \(fn)" t nil)
8330 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8331 Initialize elint.
8332 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8333 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8335 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8337 ;;;***
8339 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8340 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20511
8341 ;;;;;; 52965 0 0))
8342 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8344 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8345 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8346 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8348 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8350 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8351 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8352 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8353 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8355 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8357 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8358 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8359 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8361 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8363 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8365 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8366 Display current profiling results.
8367 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8368 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8369 displayed.
8371 \(fn)" t nil)
8373 ;;;***
8375 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8376 ;;;;;; (20577 48876 0 0))
8377 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8379 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8380 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8381 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8382 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8383 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8384 ARG is omitted or nil.
8386 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8387 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8388 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8389 used instead.
8391 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8393 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8394 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8395 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8397 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8401 ;;;***
8403 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs report-emacs-bug)
8404 ;;;;;; "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
8405 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8407 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8408 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8409 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8411 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8413 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs "emacsbug" "\
8414 Query for KEYWORDS at `report-emacs-bug-tracker-url', and return the result.
8415 The result is an alist with items of the form (URL SUBJECT NO).
8417 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
8419 ;;;***
8421 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8422 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8423 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8424 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8425 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
8426 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8428 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8429 Run Emerge on two files.
8431 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8433 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8434 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8436 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8438 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8439 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8441 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8443 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8444 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8446 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8448 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8451 \(fn)" nil nil)
8453 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8456 \(fn)" nil nil)
8458 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8461 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8463 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8466 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8468 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8469 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8471 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8473 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8474 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8476 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8478 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8481 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8483 ;;;***
8485 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8486 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20468 36126 0 0))
8487 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8489 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8490 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8491 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8492 text/enriched format.
8494 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8495 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8496 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8498 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8500 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8501 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8503 Commands:
8505 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8509 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8512 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8514 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8517 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8519 ;;;***
8521 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8522 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8523 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8524 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8525 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8526 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20577
8527 ;;;;;; 48876 0 0))
8528 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8530 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8531 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8533 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8535 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8536 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8538 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8540 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8541 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8542 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8543 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8544 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8545 the keys are listed.
8546 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8548 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8550 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8551 Decrypt FILE.
8553 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8555 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8556 Verify FILE.
8558 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8560 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8561 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8563 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8565 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8566 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8568 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8570 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8571 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8573 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8574 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8575 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8576 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8578 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8579 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8580 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8581 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8582 should consider using the string based counterpart
8583 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8584 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8586 For example:
8588 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8589 (decode-coding-string
8590 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8591 'utf-8))
8593 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8595 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8596 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8598 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8599 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8601 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8603 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8604 Verify the current region between START and END.
8606 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8607 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8608 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8609 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8610 should consider using the string based counterpart
8611 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8612 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8614 For example:
8616 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8617 (decode-coding-string
8618 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8619 'utf-8))
8621 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8623 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8624 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8625 between START and END.
8627 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8628 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8630 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8632 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8633 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8635 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8636 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8637 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8638 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8639 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8640 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8642 For example:
8644 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8645 (epg-sign-string
8646 context
8647 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8649 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8651 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8652 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8654 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8655 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8656 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8657 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8658 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8659 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8661 For example:
8663 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8664 (epg-encrypt-string
8665 context
8666 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8667 nil))
8669 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8671 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8672 Delete selected KEYS.
8674 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8676 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8677 Import keys from FILE.
8679 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8681 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8682 Import keys from the region.
8684 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8686 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8687 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8688 between START and END.
8690 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8692 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8693 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8695 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8697 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8698 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8700 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8702 ;;;***
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8705 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20244 35516
8706 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8707 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8709 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8710 Decrypt marked files.
8712 \(fn)" t nil)
8714 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8715 Verify marked files.
8717 \(fn)" t nil)
8719 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8720 Sign marked files.
8722 \(fn)" t nil)
8724 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8725 Encrypt marked files.
8727 \(fn)" t nil)
8729 ;;;***
8731 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8732 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
8733 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8735 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8738 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8740 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8743 \(fn)" t nil)
8745 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8748 \(fn)" t nil)
8750 ;;;***
8752 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8753 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8754 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8757 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8758 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8759 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8760 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8761 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8765 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8766 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8767 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8769 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8771 \(fn)" t nil)
8773 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8774 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8775 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8777 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8779 \(fn)" t nil)
8781 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8782 Sign the current buffer.
8783 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8785 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8787 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8789 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8790 Encrypt the current buffer.
8791 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8793 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8795 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8797 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8798 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8799 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8801 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8803 \(fn)" t nil)
8805 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8806 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8807 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8808 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8809 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8810 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8812 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8814 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8815 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8816 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8817 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8818 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8822 ;;;***
8824 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20577 48876
8825 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8826 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8828 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8829 Return a context object.
8831 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8833 ;;;***
8835 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8836 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20373 41604 0 0))
8837 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8839 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8840 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8842 \(fn)" nil nil)
8844 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8845 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8847 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8849 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8850 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8852 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8854 ;;;***
8856 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8857 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20600 16892 0 0))
8858 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8860 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8861 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8863 \(fn)" nil nil)
8865 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8866 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8867 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8869 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8871 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8872 (server (erc-compute-server))
8873 (port (erc-compute-port))
8874 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8875 password
8876 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8878 That is, if called with
8880 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8882 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8883 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8884 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8886 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8888 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8890 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8891 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8892 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8894 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8896 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8897 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8898 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8899 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8901 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8903 ;;;***
8905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20592
8906 ;;;;;; 26321 0 0))
8907 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8908 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8910 ;;;***
8912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20600 16892
8913 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8914 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8915 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8917 ;;;***
8919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20592 26321
8920 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8921 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8922 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8924 ;;;***
8926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20592 26321
8927 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8928 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8929 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8931 ;;;***
8933 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8934 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20592 26321 0 0))
8935 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8936 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8938 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8939 Parser for /dcc command.
8940 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8941 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8942 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8944 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8946 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8947 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8949 \(fn)" nil nil)
8951 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8952 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8954 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8955 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8956 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8957 that subcommand.
8959 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8961 ;;;***
8963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8964 ;;;;;; (20600 16892 0 0))
8965 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8966 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8968 ;;;***
8970 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8971 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8972 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8973 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8974 ;;;;;; (20592 26321 0 0))
8975 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8977 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8978 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8980 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8982 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8983 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8984 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8985 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8987 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8989 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8992 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8994 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8995 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8997 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8999 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9000 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9002 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9004 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9005 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9007 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9009 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9010 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9012 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9014 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9015 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9017 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9019 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9020 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9022 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9024 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9025 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9027 \(fn)" nil nil)
9029 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9030 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9032 \(fn)" nil nil)
9034 ;;;***
9036 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20592
9037 ;;;;;; 26321 0 0))
9038 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9039 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9041 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9042 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9043 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9045 \(fn)" nil nil)
9047 ;;;***
9049 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9050 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20592 26321 0 0))
9051 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9052 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9054 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9055 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9056 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9057 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9058 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9059 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9060 system.
9062 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9064 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9067 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9069 ;;;***
9071 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9072 ;;;;;; (20592 26321 0 0))
9073 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9075 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9078 \(fn)" nil nil)
9080 ;;;***
9082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20592 26321 0
9083 ;;;;;; 0))
9084 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9085 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9087 ;;;***
9089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20592 26321 0
9090 ;;;;;; 0))
9091 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9092 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9094 ;;;***
9096 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9097 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20600 16892 0 0))
9098 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9099 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9101 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9102 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9103 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9104 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9105 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9106 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9108 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9110 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9111 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9112 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9113 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9115 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9116 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9117 automatically.
9119 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9120 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9122 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9124 ;;;***
9126 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9127 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9128 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9129 ;;;;;; (20592 26321 0 0))
9130 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9131 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9133 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9134 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9136 \(fn)" t nil)
9138 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9139 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9141 \(fn)" t nil)
9143 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9144 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9146 \(fn)" t nil)
9148 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9149 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9151 \(fn)" t nil)
9153 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9154 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9156 \(fn)" t nil)
9158 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9159 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9161 \(fn)" t nil)
9163 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9164 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9166 \(fn)" t nil)
9168 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9169 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9171 \(fn)" t nil)
9173 ;;;***
9175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20592 26321 0
9176 ;;;;;; 0))
9177 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9178 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9180 ;;;***
9182 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9183 ;;;;;; (20592 26321 0 0))
9184 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9185 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9187 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9188 Show who's gone.
9190 \(fn)" nil nil)
9192 ;;;***
9194 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9195 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20592 26321 0 0))
9196 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9198 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9199 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9200 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9201 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9203 \(fn)" nil nil)
9205 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9206 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9208 \(fn)" t nil)
9210 ;;;***
9212 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9213 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20592 26321 0 0))
9214 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9215 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9217 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9218 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9219 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9220 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9222 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9224 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9227 \(fn)" nil nil)
9229 ;;;***
9231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20592 26321 0
9232 ;;;;;; 0))
9233 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9234 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9236 ;;;***
9238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20592
9239 ;;;;;; 26321 0 0))
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9241 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9243 ;;;***
9245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20592 26321
9246 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9248 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9250 ;;;***
9252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20592 26321 0
9253 ;;;;;; 0))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9255 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9257 ;;;***
9259 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9260 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20592 26321 0 0))
9261 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9262 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9264 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9265 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9267 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9269 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9270 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9271 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9273 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9275 ;;;***
9277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20592 26321
9278 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9279 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9280 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9282 ;;;***
9284 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9285 ;;;;;; (20592 26321 0 0))
9286 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9288 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9289 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9290 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9292 \(fn)" t nil)
9294 ;;;***
9296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20592
9297 ;;;;;; 26321 0 0))
9298 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9299 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9301 ;;;***
9303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20600 16892
9304 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9305 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9306 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9308 ;;;***
9310 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9311 ;;;;;; (20592 26321 0 0))
9312 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9314 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9315 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9316 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9318 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9320 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9321 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9322 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9323 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9324 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9326 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9327 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9328 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9329 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9332 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9334 ;;;***
9336 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9337 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20592 26321 0 0))
9338 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9339 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9341 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9342 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9343 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9344 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9346 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9348 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9349 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9350 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9352 \(fn)" t nil)
9354 ;;;***
9356 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9357 ;;;;;; (20592 26321 0 0))
9358 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9359 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9361 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9362 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9364 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9366 ;;;***
9368 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9369 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9370 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
9371 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9373 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9374 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9376 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9377 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9379 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9380 assertions in BODY.
9382 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9384 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9385 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9386 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9388 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9390 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9392 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9394 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9395 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9397 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9398 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9399 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9400 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9402 Returns the stats object.
9404 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9406 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9407 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9409 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9410 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9411 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9412 the tests).
9414 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9416 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9417 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9419 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9420 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9421 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9422 and how to display message.
9424 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9426 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9428 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9429 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9431 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9433 ;;;***
9435 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9436 ;;;;;; (20577 48876 0 0))
9437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9439 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9441 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9442 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9444 \(fn)" t nil)
9446 ;;;***
9448 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20600
9449 ;;;;;; 16892 0 0))
9450 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9452 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9453 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9455 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9457 \(fn)" nil nil)
9459 ;;;***
9461 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9462 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
9463 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9465 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9466 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9467 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9468 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9469 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9470 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9471 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9472 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9473 buffer selected (or created).
9475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9477 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9478 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9479 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9481 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9483 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9484 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9485 The result might be any Lisp object.
9486 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9487 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9488 corresponding to a successful execution.
9490 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9492 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9494 ;;;***
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9497 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9498 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9499 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9500 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9501 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9502 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9503 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
9504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9506 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9507 File name of tags table.
9508 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9509 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9510 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9511 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9512 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9514 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9515 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9516 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9517 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9519 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9521 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9522 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9523 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9524 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9525 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9526 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9528 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9530 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9531 List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9532 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9533 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9534 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9535 `auto-compression-mode').")
9537 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9539 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9540 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9541 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9542 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9543 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9545 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9547 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9548 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9549 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9550 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9552 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9554 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9555 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9556 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9557 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9558 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9560 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9562 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9563 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9565 \(fn)" t nil)
9567 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9568 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9569 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9570 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9572 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9573 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9574 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9575 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9576 file the tag was in.
9578 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9580 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9581 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9582 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9583 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9584 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9585 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9586 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9587 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9588 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9590 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9592 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9593 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9594 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9595 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9596 without directory names.
9598 \(fn)" nil nil)
9599 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9600 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9601 (progn
9602 (load "etags")
9603 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9605 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9606 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9607 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9608 but does not select the buffer.
9609 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9611 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9612 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9613 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9614 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9615 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9617 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9619 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9620 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9621 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9623 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9625 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9627 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9628 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9629 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9630 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9632 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9633 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9634 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9635 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9636 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9638 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9640 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9641 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9642 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9644 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9646 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9647 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9649 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9650 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9651 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9652 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9653 around or before point.
9655 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9656 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9657 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9658 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9659 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9661 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9663 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9664 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9665 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9667 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9669 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9670 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9672 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9673 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9674 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9675 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9676 around or before point.
9678 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9679 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9680 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9681 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9682 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9684 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9686 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9687 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9688 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9690 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9692 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9693 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9695 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9696 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9697 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9699 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9700 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9701 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9702 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9703 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9705 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9707 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9708 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9709 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9711 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9713 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9714 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9715 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9717 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9718 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9720 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9721 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9722 where they were found.
9724 \(fn)" t nil)
9726 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9727 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9729 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9730 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9731 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9733 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9734 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9736 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9737 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9739 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9741 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9742 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9743 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9744 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9746 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9747 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9748 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9749 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9750 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9752 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9753 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9755 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9756 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9757 Stops when a match is found.
9758 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9760 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9761 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9762 restricted to these files.
9764 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9766 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9768 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9769 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9770 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9771 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9772 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9773 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9774 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9775 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9777 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9778 produce the list of files to search.
9780 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9782 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9784 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9785 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9786 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9787 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9788 directory specification.
9790 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9792 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9793 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9795 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9797 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9798 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9799 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9800 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9802 \(fn)" t nil)
9804 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9805 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9806 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9807 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9808 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9810 \(fn)" t nil)
9812 ;;;***
9814 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9815 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9816 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9817 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9818 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9819 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9820 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9821 ;;;;;; (20356 35090 0 0))
9822 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9824 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9827 \(fn)" nil nil)
9829 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9830 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9832 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9833 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9835 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9836 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9837 primary language.
9839 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9840 even if the buffer is read-only.
9842 See also the descriptions of the variables
9843 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9845 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9847 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9848 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9850 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9851 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9853 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9854 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9855 primary language.
9857 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9858 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9860 See also the descriptions of the variables
9861 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9863 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9865 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9866 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9867 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9868 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9870 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9872 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9873 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9874 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9875 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9877 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9878 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9879 primary language.
9881 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9882 buffer is read-only.
9884 See also the descriptions of the variables
9885 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9886 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9888 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9890 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9891 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9893 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9894 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9896 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9897 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9898 the primary language.
9900 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9901 buffer is read-only.
9903 See also the descriptions of the variables
9904 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9905 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9907 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9909 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9910 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9911 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9913 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9915 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9916 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9918 \(fn)" t nil)
9920 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9921 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9923 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9924 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9925 be 1, 2, or 3.
9927 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9928 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9929 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9931 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9933 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9935 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9936 This function is deprecated.
9938 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9940 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9941 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9943 \(fn)" t nil)
9945 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9946 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9948 \(fn)" t nil)
9950 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9951 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9953 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9954 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9956 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9957 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9959 \(fn)" nil nil)
9961 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9962 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9964 \(fn)" nil nil)
9966 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9967 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9969 \(fn)" nil nil)
9971 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9972 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9974 \(fn)" nil nil)
9976 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9977 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9978 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9980 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9982 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9985 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9987 ;;;***
9989 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9990 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9991 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
9992 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9994 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9995 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9996 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9997 server for future sessions.
9999 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10001 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10002 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10003 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10005 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10007 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10008 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10009 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10011 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10013 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10014 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10015 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10016 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10017 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10018 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10019 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10020 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10021 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10022 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10023 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10024 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10026 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10028 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10029 Display a form to query the directory server.
10030 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10031 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10033 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10035 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10036 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10037 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10039 \(fn)" t nil)
10041 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10043 ;;;***
10045 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10046 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10047 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
10048 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10050 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10051 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10053 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10055 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10056 Display URL and make it clickable.
10058 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10060 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10061 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10063 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10065 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10066 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10068 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10070 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10071 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10073 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10075 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10076 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10078 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10080 ;;;***
10082 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10083 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
10084 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10086 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10087 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10088 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10090 \(fn)" t nil)
10092 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10093 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10095 \(fn)" t nil)
10097 ;;;***
10099 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10100 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
10101 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10103 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10104 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10106 \(fn)" t nil)
10108 ;;;***
10110 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20452
10111 ;;;;;; 43334 0 0))
10112 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10114 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10115 Create an empty ewoc.
10117 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10119 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10120 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10121 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10122 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10123 `insert-before-markers'.
10125 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10126 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10127 respectively, of the ewoc.
10129 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10130 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10131 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10133 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10135 ;;;***
10137 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10138 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10139 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10140 ;;;;;; (20535 44414 0 0))
10141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10143 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10144 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10145 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10147 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10149 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10150 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10151 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10152 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10153 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10155 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10157 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10158 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10159 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10160 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10161 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10162 executable.
10164 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10166 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10167 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10168 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10170 \(fn)" t nil)
10172 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10173 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10174 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10175 file modes.
10177 \(fn)" nil nil)
10179 ;;;***
10181 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10182 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10183 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
10184 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10186 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10187 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10188 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10189 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10191 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10193 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10194 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10195 to generate such functions.
10197 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10198 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10199 beginning of the expanded text.
10201 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10202 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10203 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10204 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10206 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10208 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10210 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10211 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10212 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10214 \(fn)" nil nil)
10216 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10217 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10218 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10220 \(fn)" t nil)
10222 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10223 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10224 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10226 \(fn)" t nil)
10227 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10228 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10230 ;;;***
10232 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20567 31133
10233 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10234 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10236 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10237 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10238 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10240 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10241 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10242 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10244 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10246 Key definitions:
10247 \\{f90-mode-map}
10249 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10251 `f90-do-indent'
10252 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10253 `f90-if-indent'
10254 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10255 `f90-type-indent'
10256 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10257 `f90-program-indent'
10258 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10259 (default 2).
10260 `f90-associate-indent'
10261 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10262 `f90-critical-indent'
10263 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10264 `f90-continuation-indent'
10265 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10266 `f90-comment-region'
10267 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10268 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10269 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10270 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10271 (default \"!\").
10272 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10273 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10274 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10275 `f90-break-delimiters'
10276 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10277 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10278 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10279 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10280 (default t).
10281 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10282 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10283 `f90-smart-end'
10284 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10285 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10286 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10287 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10288 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10289 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10290 `f90-leave-line-no'
10291 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10293 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10294 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10296 \(fn)" t nil)
10298 ;;;***
10300 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10301 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10302 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10303 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20511
10304 ;;;;;; 52965 0 0))
10305 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10307 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10308 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10309 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10310 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10312 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10313 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10314 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10315 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10316 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10318 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10319 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10320 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10321 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10322 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10323 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10324 attributes.
10326 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10327 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10329 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10331 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10332 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10333 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10334 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10336 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10338 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10339 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10340 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10341 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10343 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10344 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10345 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10347 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10348 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10349 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10350 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10352 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10354 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10355 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10356 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10358 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10359 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10360 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10361 the same amount).
10363 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10365 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10366 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10367 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10369 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10370 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10371 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10372 will remove any scaling currently active.
10374 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10376 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10377 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10378 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10380 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10381 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10382 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10383 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10384 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10386 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10387 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10389 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10390 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10392 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10393 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10394 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10396 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10397 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10398 is one of the above.
10400 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10401 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10402 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10403 will remove any scaling currently active.
10405 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10406 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10407 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10408 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10409 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10411 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10413 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10414 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10415 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10416 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10417 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10418 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10422 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10423 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10424 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10425 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10426 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10427 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10428 `buffer-face-mode'.
10430 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10431 local, and sets it to FACE.
10433 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10435 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10436 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10437 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10438 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10439 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10440 `face' text property.
10442 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10443 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10444 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10445 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10447 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10448 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10450 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10452 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10453 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10454 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10455 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10459 ;;;***
10461 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10462 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10463 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20567 31133
10464 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10465 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10467 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10468 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10469 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10470 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10472 \(fn)" nil nil)
10474 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10475 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10479 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10480 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10481 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10482 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10486 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10487 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10488 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10489 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10490 backup file names and the like).
10492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10494 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10495 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10496 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10497 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10498 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10499 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10500 internally by feedmail):
10502 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10503 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10504 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10505 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10507 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10508 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10509 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10510 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10511 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10513 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10515 ;;;***
10517 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings ffap-guess-file-name-at-point dired-at-point
10518 ;;;;;; ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap"
10519 ;;;;;; "ffap.el" (20600 16892 0 0))
10520 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10522 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10523 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10524 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10525 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10526 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10527 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10528 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10530 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10532 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10533 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10534 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10535 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10536 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10537 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10538 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10540 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10542 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10544 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10545 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10546 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10547 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10548 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10549 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10551 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10553 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10554 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10555 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10556 Return value:
10557 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10558 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10559 * otherwise, nil
10561 \(fn E)" t nil)
10563 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10564 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10565 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10567 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10569 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10570 Try to get a file name at point.
10571 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10573 \(fn)" nil nil)
10575 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10576 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10578 \(fn)" t nil)
10580 ;;;***
10582 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10583 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10584 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10585 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
10586 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10588 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10589 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10590 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10591 be added to the cache.
10593 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10595 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10596 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10597 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10598 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10599 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10601 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10603 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10604 Add FILE to the file cache.
10606 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10608 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10609 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10610 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10612 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10614 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10615 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10616 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10618 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10620 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10621 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10622 This function does not use any external programs.
10623 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10624 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10625 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10627 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10629 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10630 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10631 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10632 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10633 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10634 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10635 \(directories) is done.
10637 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10639 ;;;***
10641 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10642 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10643 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10644 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10645 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20356 35090
10646 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10647 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10649 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10650 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10652 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10653 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10654 Local Variables list.
10656 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10657 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10658 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10660 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10662 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10663 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10665 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10667 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10668 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10670 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10671 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10672 the -*- line.
10674 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10675 then this function adds it.
10677 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10679 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10680 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10682 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10684 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10685 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10687 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10689 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10690 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10692 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10694 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10695 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10697 \(fn)" t nil)
10699 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10700 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10702 \(fn)" t nil)
10704 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10705 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10707 \(fn)" t nil)
10709 ;;;***
10711 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20567
10712 ;;;;;; 31133 0 0))
10713 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10715 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10716 Filesets initialization.
10717 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10719 \(fn)" nil nil)
10721 ;;;***
10723 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20244 35516
10724 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10725 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10727 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10728 Initiate the building of a find command.
10729 For example:
10731 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10732 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10733 (mtime \"+1\"))
10734 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10736 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10737 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10739 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10741 ;;;***
10743 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10744 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
10745 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10747 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10748 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10749 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10751 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10753 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10754 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10756 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10758 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10759 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10760 and run dired on those files.
10761 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10762 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10764 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10766 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10768 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10769 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10770 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10772 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10773 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10775 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10776 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10778 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10780 ;;;***
10782 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10783 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file ff-special-constructs)
10784 ;;;;;; "find-file" "find-file.el" (20412 11425 0 0))
10785 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10787 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10788 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10789 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10790 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10791 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10792 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10793 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10795 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10797 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10798 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10799 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10801 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10803 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10805 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10807 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10808 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10809 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10811 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10812 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10814 Variables of interest include:
10816 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10817 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10818 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10820 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10821 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10822 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10824 - `ff-ignore-include'
10825 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10827 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10828 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10830 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10831 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10833 - `ff-special-constructs'
10834 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10835 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10836 extracting the filename from that construct.
10838 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10839 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10841 - `ff-search-directories'
10842 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10843 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10845 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10846 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10848 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10849 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10851 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10852 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10854 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10855 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10857 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10858 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10860 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10862 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10863 Visit the file you click on.
10865 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10867 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10868 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10870 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10872 ;;;***
10874 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10875 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10876 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10877 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10878 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10879 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10880 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
10881 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10883 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10884 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10885 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10887 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10889 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10890 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10891 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10892 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10894 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10895 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10896 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10897 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10899 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10901 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10902 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10904 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10905 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10906 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10907 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10909 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10910 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10911 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10913 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10914 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10915 in `load-path'.
10917 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10919 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10920 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10922 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10923 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10924 places point before the definition.
10925 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10927 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10928 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10929 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10931 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10933 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10934 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10936 See `find-function' for more details.
10938 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10940 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10941 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10943 See `find-function' for more details.
10945 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10947 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10948 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10950 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10951 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10952 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10954 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10955 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10957 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10959 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10960 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10962 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10963 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10964 places point before the definition.
10966 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10968 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10969 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10970 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10972 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10974 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10975 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10977 See `find-variable' for more details.
10979 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10981 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10982 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10984 See `find-variable' for more details.
10986 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10988 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10989 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10990 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10991 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10992 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10993 buffer nor display it.
10995 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10996 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10998 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11000 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11001 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11003 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11004 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11005 places point before the definition.
11007 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11009 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11010 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11011 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11013 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11015 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11016 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11017 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11019 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11021 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11022 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11024 \(fn)" t nil)
11026 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11027 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11029 \(fn)" t nil)
11031 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11032 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11034 \(fn)" nil nil)
11036 ;;;***
11038 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11039 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20244 35516
11040 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11041 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11043 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11044 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11046 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11048 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11049 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11051 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11053 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11054 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11056 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11058 ;;;***
11060 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11061 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
11062 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11064 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11065 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11067 \(fn)" t nil)
11069 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11070 Display FILE's commentary section.
11071 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11073 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11075 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11076 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11078 \(fn)" t nil)
11080 ;;;***
11082 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11083 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
11084 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11086 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11087 Toggle flow control handling.
11088 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11089 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11091 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11093 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11094 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11095 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11096 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11097 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11098 to get the effect of a C-q.
11100 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11102 ;;;***
11104 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11105 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
11106 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11108 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11111 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11113 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11116 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11118 ;;;***
11120 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11121 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20600 16892
11122 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11125 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11126 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11127 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11128 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11129 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11133 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11134 Turn flymake mode on.
11136 \(fn)" nil nil)
11138 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11139 Turn flymake mode off.
11141 \(fn)" nil nil)
11143 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11146 \(fn)" nil nil)
11148 ;;;***
11150 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11151 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11152 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
11153 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11155 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11156 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11158 \(fn)" t nil)
11159 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11161 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11162 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11163 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11164 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11165 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11167 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11168 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11169 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11171 Bindings:
11172 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11173 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11174 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11175 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11177 Hooks:
11178 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11180 Remark:
11181 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11182 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11183 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11185 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11186 consider adding:
11187 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11188 in your init file.
11190 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11191 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11195 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11196 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11198 \(fn)" nil nil)
11200 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11201 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11203 \(fn)" nil nil)
11205 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11206 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11208 \(fn)" nil nil)
11210 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11211 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11213 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11215 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11216 Flyspell whole buffer.
11218 \(fn)" t nil)
11220 ;;;***
11222 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11223 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11224 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
11225 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11227 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11228 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11230 \(fn)" nil nil)
11232 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11233 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11235 \(fn)" nil nil)
11237 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11238 Toggle Follow mode.
11239 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11240 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11241 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11243 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11244 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11246 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11247 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11248 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11250 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11251 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11252 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11253 movement commands.
11255 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11256 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11257 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11258 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11259 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11260 mileage may vary).
11262 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11263 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11265 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11267 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11269 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11270 \\{follow-mode-map}
11272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11274 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11275 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11277 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11278 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11279 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11280 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11281 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11282 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11284 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11285 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11286 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11290 ;;;***
11292 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20511
11293 ;;;;;; 52965 0 0))
11294 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11296 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11297 Toggle Footnote mode.
11298 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11299 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11300 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11302 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11303 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11304 play around with the following keys:
11305 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11309 ;;;***
11311 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11312 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20428 57510 0 0))
11313 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11315 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11316 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11318 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11319 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11320 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11321 C-c < forms-first-record <
11322 C-c > forms-last-record >
11323 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11324 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11325 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11326 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11327 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11328 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11329 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11330 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11331 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11332 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11334 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11336 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11337 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11339 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11341 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11342 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11344 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11346 ;;;***
11348 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11349 ;;;;;; (20446 34252 0 0))
11350 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11352 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11353 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11354 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11356 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11357 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11359 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11361 Key definitions:
11362 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11364 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11366 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11367 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11368 `fortran-do-indent'
11369 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11370 `fortran-if-indent'
11371 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11372 `fortran-structure-indent'
11373 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11374 (default 3)
11375 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11376 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11377 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11378 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11379 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11380 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11381 nil don't change the indentation
11382 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11383 value of either
11384 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11385 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11386 depending on the continuation format in use.
11387 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11388 indentation for a line of code.
11389 (default 'fixed)
11390 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11391 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11392 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11393 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11394 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11395 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11396 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11397 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11398 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11399 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11400 column 5.
11401 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11402 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11403 statements (default nil).
11404 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11405 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11406 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11407 `fortran-continuation-string'
11408 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11409 line (default \"$\").
11410 `fortran-comment-region'
11411 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11412 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11413 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11414 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11415 as typed (default t).
11416 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11417 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11419 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11420 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11422 \(fn)" t nil)
11424 ;;;***
11426 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11427 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20244 35516
11428 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11429 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11431 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11432 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11434 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11435 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11437 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11439 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11440 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11442 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11443 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11445 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11447 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11448 Compile fortune file.
11450 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11451 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11453 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11455 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11456 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11458 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11459 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11460 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11461 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11463 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11465 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11466 Display a fortune cookie.
11467 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11468 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11469 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11470 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11472 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11474 ;;;***
11476 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11477 ;;;;;; (20539 37147 0 0))
11478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11480 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11481 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11482 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11484 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11486 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11487 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11488 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11489 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11490 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11491 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11492 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11496 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11497 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11498 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11499 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11501 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11502 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11503 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11504 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11505 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11507 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11508 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11509 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11510 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11512 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11513 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11514 shown in some of the buffers.
11516 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11518 The following commands help control operation :
11520 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11521 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11523 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11524 detailed description of this mode.
11527 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11528 | GDB Toolbar |
11529 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11530 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11531 | | |
11532 | | |
11533 | | |
11534 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11535 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11536 | | (comint-mode) |
11537 | | |
11538 | | |
11539 | | |
11540 | | |
11541 | | |
11542 | | |
11543 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11544 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11545 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11546 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11547 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11548 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11550 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11552 ;;;***
11554 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11555 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20412
11556 ;;;;;; 11425 0 0))
11557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11559 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11560 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11561 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11562 instead (which see).")
11564 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11565 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11567 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11568 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11569 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11570 documentation string instead.
11572 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11573 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11574 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11575 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11576 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11577 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11578 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11579 enders are actually possible.
11581 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11582 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11584 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11585 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11586 `font-lock-keywords'.
11588 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11589 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11590 runs the macro expansion.
11592 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11593 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11594 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11596 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11598 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11600 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11602 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11604 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11605 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11607 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11609 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11610 Enter generic mode MODE.
11612 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11613 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11614 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11616 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11617 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11619 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11621 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11622 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11623 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11624 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11625 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11626 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11627 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11628 `font-lock-keywords'.
11630 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11632 ;;;***
11634 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11635 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
11636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11638 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11639 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11641 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11642 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11643 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11647 ;;;***
11649 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11650 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11651 ;;;;;; (20318 5885 0 0))
11652 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11654 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11655 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11656 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11658 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11660 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11661 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11663 Guideline for numbers:
11664 1 - error messages
11665 3 - non-serious error messages
11666 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11667 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11668 9 - messages inside loops.
11670 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11672 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11673 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11674 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11676 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11678 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11679 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11681 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11683 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11684 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11686 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11687 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11688 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11689 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11690 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11691 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11693 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11694 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11695 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11696 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11697 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11699 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11701 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11703 ;;;***
11705 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11706 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20553 2323 0
11707 ;;;;;; 0))
11708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11709 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11710 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11712 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11713 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11717 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11718 Read network news.
11719 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11720 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11721 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11722 name of an NNTP server to use.
11723 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11724 server.
11726 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11728 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11729 Read news as a slave.
11731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11733 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11734 Pop up a frame to read news.
11735 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11736 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11737 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11738 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11739 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11740 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11741 current display is used.
11743 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11745 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11746 Read network news.
11747 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11748 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11749 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11751 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11753 ;;;***
11755 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11756 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11757 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11758 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11759 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11760 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20517 31338 0 0))
11761 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11763 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11764 Start Gnus unplugged.
11766 \(fn)" t nil)
11768 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11769 Start Gnus plugged.
11771 \(fn)" t nil)
11773 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11774 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11778 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11779 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11781 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11782 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11783 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11785 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11786 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11787 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11789 \(fn)" t nil)
11791 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11792 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11794 \(fn)" nil nil)
11796 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11797 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11798 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11799 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11800 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11801 supported.
11803 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11805 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11806 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11807 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11808 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11809 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11810 supported.
11812 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11814 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11815 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11817 \(fn)" nil nil)
11819 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11820 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11821 downloaded into the agent.
11823 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11825 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11826 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11827 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11828 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11830 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11832 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11833 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11835 \(fn)" t nil)
11837 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11838 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11840 \(fn)" t nil)
11842 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11843 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11844 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11846 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11848 ;;;***
11850 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11851 ;;;;;; (20579 15299 0 0))
11852 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11854 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11855 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11857 \(fn)" nil nil)
11859 ;;;***
11861 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11862 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
11863 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11865 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11866 Set a bookmark for this article.
11868 \(fn)" t nil)
11870 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11871 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11873 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11875 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11876 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11877 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11878 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11879 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11881 \(fn)" t nil)
11883 ;;;***
11885 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11886 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11887 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20244
11888 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
11889 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11891 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11892 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11894 Usage:
11895 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11897 \(fn)" t nil)
11899 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11900 Generate the cache active file.
11902 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11904 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11905 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11907 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11909 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11910 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11911 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11912 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11913 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11914 supported.
11916 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11918 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11919 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11920 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11921 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11922 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11923 supported.
11925 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11927 ;;;***
11929 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11930 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
11931 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11933 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11934 Delay this article by some time.
11935 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11937 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11938 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11940 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11941 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11943 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11944 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11946 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11948 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11949 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11951 \(fn)" t nil)
11953 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11954 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11955 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11956 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11958 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11959 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11961 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11963 ;;;***
11965 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11966 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
11967 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11969 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11972 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11974 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11977 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11979 ;;;***
11981 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11982 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
11983 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11985 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11986 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11988 \(fn)" t nil)
11990 ;;;***
11992 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11993 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
11994 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11996 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11997 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11999 \(fn)" t nil)
12001 ;;;***
12003 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12004 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12005 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20550
12006 ;;;;;; 14882 0 0))
12007 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12009 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12010 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12012 \(fn)" t nil)
12014 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12015 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12017 \(fn)" t nil)
12019 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12020 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12022 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12023 different input formats.
12025 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12027 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12028 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12030 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12031 different input formats.
12033 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12035 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12036 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12037 The PNG is returned as a string.
12039 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12041 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12042 Convert FILE to a Face.
12043 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12044 726 bytes.
12046 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12048 ;;;***
12050 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
12051 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
12052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12054 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12055 Display gravatar in the From header.
12056 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12058 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12060 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12061 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12062 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12064 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12066 ;;;***
12068 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12069 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20553 63503 0 0))
12070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12072 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12073 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12074 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12075 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12077 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12079 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12080 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12082 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12084 ;;;***
12086 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
12087 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20276 3849 0 0))
12088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12090 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12093 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12095 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12098 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12100 ;;;***
12102 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12103 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
12104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12106 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12108 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12109 Run batched scoring.
12110 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12112 \(fn)" t nil)
12114 ;;;***
12116 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12117 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12118 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
12119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12121 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12124 \(fn)" nil nil)
12126 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12127 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12128 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12130 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12132 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12133 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12135 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12139 ;;;***
12141 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12142 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12143 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
12144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12146 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12147 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12148 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12149 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12150 group parameters.
12152 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12153 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12154 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12155 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12157 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12158 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12159 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12160 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12161 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12162 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12163 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12164 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12165 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12166 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12168 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12170 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12171 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12172 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12173 nil CATCH-ALL).
12175 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12176 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12178 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12180 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12181 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12182 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12184 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12186 \(fn)" nil nil)
12188 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12189 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12190 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12192 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12194 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12195 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12196 existing groups are considered.
12198 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12199 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12200 returned.
12202 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12203 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12204 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12205 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12206 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12207 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12208 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12209 clauses will be generated.
12211 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12212 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12213 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12214 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12215 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12216 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12218 For example, given the following group parameters:
12220 nnml:mail.bar:
12221 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12222 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12223 nnml:mail.foo:
12224 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12225 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12226 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12227 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12228 nnml:mail.others:
12229 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12231 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12233 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12234 \"mail.bar\")
12235 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12236 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12237 \"mail.others\")
12239 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12241 ;;;***
12243 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12244 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20600 16892 0 0))
12245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12247 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12248 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12249 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12250 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12251 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12252 instead.
12254 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12256 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12257 Mail to ADDRESS.
12259 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12261 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12262 Like `message-reply'.
12264 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12266 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12268 ;;;***
12270 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-notifications) "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12271 ;;;;;; (20600 16892 0 0))
12272 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12274 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12275 Send a notification on new message.
12276 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12277 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12278 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12280 This is typically a function to add in
12281 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12283 \(fn)" nil nil)
12285 ;;;***
12287 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12288 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12289 ;;;;;; (20523 63054 0 0))
12290 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12292 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12293 Display picons in the From header.
12294 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12296 \(fn)" t nil)
12298 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12299 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12300 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12302 \(fn)" t nil)
12304 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12305 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12306 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12308 \(fn)" t nil)
12310 ;;;***
12312 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12313 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12314 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12315 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12316 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20544 52783 0 0))
12317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12319 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12320 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12321 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12322 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12324 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12326 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12327 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12328 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12329 LIST1 is modified.
12331 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12333 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12334 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12335 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12337 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12339 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12342 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12344 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12345 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12346 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12348 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12350 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12351 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12352 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12354 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12356 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12358 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12359 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12360 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12362 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12364 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12365 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12366 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12368 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12370 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12371 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12372 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12374 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12376 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12377 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12379 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12381 ;;;***
12383 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12384 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20544 52783 0 0))
12385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12387 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12388 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12390 \(fn)" t nil)
12392 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12393 Install the registry hooks.
12395 \(fn)" t nil)
12397 ;;;***
12399 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12400 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20244
12401 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
12402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12404 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12405 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12406 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12407 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12408 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12409 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12411 \(fn)" t nil)
12413 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12414 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12415 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12416 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12417 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12419 \(fn)" t nil)
12421 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12424 \(fn)" t nil)
12426 ;;;***
12428 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12429 ;;;;;; (20460 33749 0 0))
12430 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12432 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12433 Update the format specification near point.
12435 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12437 ;;;***
12439 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12440 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
12441 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12443 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12444 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12446 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12448 ;;;***
12450 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12451 ;;;;;; (20540 61982 0 0))
12452 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12454 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12455 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12456 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12458 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12460 ;;;***
12462 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12463 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20600 16892 0 0))
12464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12466 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12467 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12469 \(fn)" t nil)
12471 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12472 Install the sync hooks.
12474 \(fn)" t nil)
12476 ;;;***
12478 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12479 ;;;;;; (20448 36271 0 0))
12480 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12482 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12483 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12485 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12487 ;;;***
12489 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12490 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
12491 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12493 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12494 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12495 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12496 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12497 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12498 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12500 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12502 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12504 ;;;***
12506 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20550 14882
12507 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12508 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12510 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12511 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12513 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12514 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12515 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12517 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12518 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12519 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12521 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12522 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12524 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12525 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12527 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12529 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12531 ;;;***
12533 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12534 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20567
12535 ;;;;;; 31133 0 0))
12536 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12538 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12540 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12541 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12542 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12543 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12544 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12546 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12548 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12549 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12550 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12551 or to send e-mail.
12552 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12553 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12555 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12556 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12558 \(fn)" t nil)
12559 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12561 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12562 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12563 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12564 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12565 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12569 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12570 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12574 ;;;***
12576 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12577 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20290 33419 0 0))
12578 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12580 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12581 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12582 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12584 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12586 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12587 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12589 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12591 ;;;***
12593 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12594 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12595 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20577 48876
12596 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12597 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12599 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12600 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12602 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12604 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12605 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12606 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12607 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12608 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12610 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12611 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12612 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12614 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12616 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12617 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12618 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12619 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12620 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12622 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12624 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12625 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12627 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12629 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12630 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12632 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12633 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12634 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12636 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12637 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12638 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12640 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12641 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12642 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12643 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12645 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12646 How to invoke find and grep.
12647 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12648 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12649 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12650 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12652 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12654 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12655 History list for grep.")
12657 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12658 History list for grep-find.")
12660 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12661 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12662 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12664 \(fn)" nil nil)
12666 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12669 \(fn)" nil nil)
12671 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12672 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12674 \(fn)" nil nil)
12676 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12677 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12678 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12679 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12680 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12682 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12683 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12685 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12686 can easily repeat a grep command.
12688 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12689 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12690 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12691 list is empty).
12693 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12695 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12696 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12697 Collect output in a buffer.
12698 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12699 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12701 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12702 easily repeat a find command.
12704 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12706 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12708 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12709 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12710 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12711 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12712 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12714 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12715 before it is executed.
12716 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12718 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12719 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12720 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12722 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12724 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12726 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12727 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12728 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12729 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12730 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12732 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12733 before it is executed.
12734 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12736 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12737 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12738 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12739 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12741 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12743 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12744 to specify a command to run.
12746 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12748 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12749 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12750 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12751 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12753 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12755 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12757 ;;;***
12759 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
12760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12762 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12763 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12764 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12765 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12766 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12768 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12770 ;;;***
12772 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12773 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20539 37147
12774 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12777 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12778 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12779 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12780 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12782 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12784 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12785 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12786 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12787 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12789 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12791 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12792 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12793 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12794 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12796 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12798 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12799 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12800 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12801 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12803 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12804 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12806 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12808 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12809 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12810 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12811 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12813 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12815 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12816 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12817 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12818 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12820 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12822 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12823 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12824 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12825 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12826 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12828 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12829 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12830 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12831 original source file access method.
12833 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12834 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12836 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12838 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12839 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12841 \(fn)" t nil)
12843 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12844 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12845 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12846 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12847 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12848 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12850 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12852 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12853 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12854 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12855 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12856 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12860 ;;;***
12862 ;;;### (autoloads (setf gv-define-simple-setter gv-define-setter
12863 ;;;;;; gv--defun-declaration gv-define-expander gv-letplace gv-get)
12864 ;;;;;; "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (20579 15299 0 0))
12865 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12867 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12868 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12869 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12870 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12871 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12872 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12873 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12874 set it to.
12875 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12877 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12879 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12880 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12881 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12882 of PLACE.
12883 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12884 and new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12885 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12886 and SETTER.
12887 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12888 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12890 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12892 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12894 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12895 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12896 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12897 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12898 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12900 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12902 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12904 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12907 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12909 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12911 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12913 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12914 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12915 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12916 well for simple place forms.
12917 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12918 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12919 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12920 The first arg in ARLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12921 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12922 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12923 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12925 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12927 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12929 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12930 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12931 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12932 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12933 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12934 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12935 instead the assignment is turned into (prog1 VAL (SETTER ARGS... VAL))
12936 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12938 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12940 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12941 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12942 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12943 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12944 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12945 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12947 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12949 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12951 ;;;***
12953 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20567
12954 ;;;;;; 31133 0 0))
12955 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12957 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12958 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12959 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12960 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12962 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12963 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12964 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12965 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12967 \(fn)" t nil)
12969 ;;;***
12971 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12972 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
12973 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12975 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12976 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12978 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12980 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12981 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12982 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12983 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12985 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12987 \(fn)" t nil)
12989 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12990 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12991 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12992 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12993 to be updated.
12995 \(fn)" t nil)
12997 ;;;***
12999 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
13000 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
13001 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20356 35090 0 0))
13002 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13004 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13005 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13007 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13009 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13010 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13011 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13013 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13015 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13016 Verify a hashcash payment
13018 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13020 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13021 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13022 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13023 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13024 `mail-add-payment-async').
13026 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13028 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13029 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13030 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13031 Calculation is asynchronous.
13033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13035 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13036 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13037 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13041 ;;;***
13043 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
13044 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13045 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13046 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20244 35516
13047 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13048 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13050 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13051 Return the help-echo string at point.
13052 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13053 property, or nil, is returned.
13054 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13055 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13056 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13058 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13060 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13061 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13062 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13063 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13064 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13066 \(fn)" nil nil)
13068 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13069 Display local help in the echo area.
13070 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13071 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13072 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13073 printed instead.
13075 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13076 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13077 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13081 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13082 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13083 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13085 \(fn)" t nil)
13087 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13088 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13089 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13091 \(fn)" t nil)
13093 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13094 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13095 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13096 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13097 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13098 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13099 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13100 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13101 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13102 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13103 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13105 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13106 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13107 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13108 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13109 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13111 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13112 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13113 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13114 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13115 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13116 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13117 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13118 The default is `never'.")
13120 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13122 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13123 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13124 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13125 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13126 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13127 considered different regions.
13129 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13130 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13131 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13132 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13133 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13134 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13135 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13136 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13137 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13139 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13141 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13142 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13143 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13144 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13145 different regions.
13147 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13148 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13149 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13150 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13151 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13152 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13153 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13154 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13156 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13157 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13158 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13159 rarely happens in practice.
13161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13163 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13164 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13165 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13166 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13167 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13168 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13172 ;;;***
13174 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
13175 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
13176 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
13177 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20600 16892 0 0))
13178 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13180 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13181 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13183 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13185 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13186 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13187 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13189 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13191 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13192 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13193 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13194 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13195 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13196 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13197 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13198 search for a function definition.
13200 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13201 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13202 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13203 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13204 suitable file is found, return nil.
13206 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13208 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13211 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13213 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13214 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13215 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13216 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13218 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13220 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13221 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13222 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13223 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13224 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13225 it is displayed along with the global value.
13227 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13229 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13230 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13231 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13232 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13234 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13236 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13237 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13238 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13239 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13240 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13242 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13244 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13245 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13247 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13249 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13250 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13252 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13254 ;;;***
13256 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13257 ;;;;;; (20589 46442 0 0))
13258 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13260 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13261 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13262 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13263 window listing and describing the options.
13264 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13265 gives the window that lists the options.")
13267 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13269 ;;;***
13271 ;;;### (autoloads (help-bookmark-jump help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button
13272 ;;;;;; help-xref-button help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref
13273 ;;;;;; help-mode-finish help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el"
13274 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
13275 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13277 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13278 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13279 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13280 Commands:
13281 \\{help-mode-map}
13283 \(fn)" t nil)
13285 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13288 \(fn)" nil nil)
13290 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13293 \(fn)" nil nil)
13295 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13296 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13298 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13299 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13300 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13301 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13303 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13304 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13305 restore it properly when going back.
13307 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13309 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13310 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13311 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13312 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13313 from `help-mode'.
13314 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13315 it does not already exist.
13317 \(fn)" nil nil)
13319 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13320 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13322 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13323 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13324 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13325 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13326 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13327 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13328 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13329 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13331 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13332 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13333 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13334 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13336 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13337 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13338 that.
13340 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13342 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13343 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13344 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13345 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13346 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13347 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13349 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13351 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13352 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13353 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13354 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13355 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13357 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13359 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13360 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13362 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13364 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13365 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13366 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13367 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13369 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13371 ;;;***
13373 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13374 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
13375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13377 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13378 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13380 \(fn)" t nil)
13382 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13383 Provide help for current mode.
13385 \(fn)" t nil)
13387 ;;;***
13389 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13390 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20523 63054 0 0))
13391 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13393 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13394 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13395 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13396 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13397 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13399 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13400 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13402 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13403 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13404 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13405 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13407 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13408 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13409 periods.
13411 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13412 in hexl format.
13414 A sample format:
13416 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13417 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13418 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13419 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13420 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13421 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13422 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13423 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13424 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13425 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13426 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13427 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13428 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13429 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13430 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13432 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13433 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13434 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13436 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13437 also supported.
13439 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13441 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13442 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13443 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13445 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13446 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13447 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13449 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13450 into the buffer at the current point.
13452 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13453 into the buffer at the current point.
13455 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13456 into the buffer at the current point.
13458 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13460 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13461 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13463 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13465 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13469 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13470 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13471 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13472 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13474 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13476 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13477 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13478 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13480 \(fn)" t nil)
13482 ;;;***
13484 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13485 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13486 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13487 ;;;;;; (20600 16892 0 0))
13488 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13490 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13491 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13492 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13493 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13494 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13496 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13497 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13498 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13499 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13501 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13502 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13503 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13504 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13506 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13507 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13508 which can be called interactively, are:
13510 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13511 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13513 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13514 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13515 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13516 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13518 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13519 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13521 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13522 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13524 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13525 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13526 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13527 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13528 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13529 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13530 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13531 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13532 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13533 function returns t.
13535 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13536 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13538 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13539 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13540 form:
13541 Hi-lock: FOO
13543 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13544 position (number of characters into buffer)
13545 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13546 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13547 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13551 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13552 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13553 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13554 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13555 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13556 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13558 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13560 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13561 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13562 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13563 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13564 ARG is omitted or nil.
13566 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13567 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13568 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13572 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13574 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13575 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13576 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13577 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13579 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13580 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13581 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13582 updated as you type.
13584 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13586 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13588 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13589 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13590 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13591 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13593 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13594 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13595 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13596 updated as you type.
13598 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13600 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13602 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13603 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13604 If called interactively, replaces whitespace in REGEXP with
13605 arbitrary whitespace and makes initial lower-case letters case-insensitive.
13607 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13608 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13609 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13610 updated as you type.
13612 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13614 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13616 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13617 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13618 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13619 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13621 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13623 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13624 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13626 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13627 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13628 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13630 \(fn)" t nil)
13632 ;;;***
13634 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13635 ;;;;;; (20589 46442 0 0))
13636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13638 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13639 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13641 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13642 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13644 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13645 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13646 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13647 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13649 `hide-ifdef-env'
13650 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13651 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13652 is used.
13654 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13655 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13656 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13657 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13658 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13660 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13661 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13662 #endif lines when hiding.
13664 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13665 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13666 is activated.
13668 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13669 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13670 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13672 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13676 ;;;***
13678 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13679 ;;;;;; (20567 31133 0 0))
13680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13682 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13683 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13684 Each element has the form
13685 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13687 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13688 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13690 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13691 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13693 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13694 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13695 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13696 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13697 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13698 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13700 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13701 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13703 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13704 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13706 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13707 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13708 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13710 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13711 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13713 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13714 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13716 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13717 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13718 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13720 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13721 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13722 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13724 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13725 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13727 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13729 Key bindings:
13730 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13734 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13735 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13737 \(fn)" nil nil)
13739 ;;;***
13741 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13742 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13743 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13744 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13745 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20244
13746 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
13747 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13749 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13750 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13751 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13752 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13753 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13755 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13756 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13757 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13758 this on and off.
13760 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13761 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13762 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13763 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13764 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13765 through various faces.
13766 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13767 buffer with the contents of a file
13768 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13772 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13773 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13775 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13776 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13778 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13779 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13780 in a distinctive face.
13782 The default value can be customized with variable
13783 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13785 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13789 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13790 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13791 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13793 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13795 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13796 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13798 \(fn)" t nil)
13800 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13801 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13803 \(fn)" t nil)
13805 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13806 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13808 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13809 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13810 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13811 shown in the last face in the list.
13813 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13814 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13815 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13817 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13819 \(fn)" t nil)
13821 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13822 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13824 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13826 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13827 to save the file.
13829 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13830 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13832 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13833 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13834 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13836 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13838 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13839 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13841 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13842 this function is called interactively.
13844 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13845 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13846 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13848 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13849 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13850 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13852 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13854 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13855 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13856 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13857 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13858 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13859 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13861 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13863 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13864 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13865 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13866 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13867 ARG is omitted or nil.
13869 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13870 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13871 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13875 ;;;***
13877 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand) "hippie-exp"
13878 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (20585 55103 0 0))
13879 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13881 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13882 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13883 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13884 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13885 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13886 expansions.
13887 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13888 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13889 undoes the expansion.
13891 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13893 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13894 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13895 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13896 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13898 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13900 ;;;***
13902 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13903 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
13904 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13906 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13907 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13908 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13909 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13910 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13912 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13913 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13914 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13915 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13916 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13917 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13919 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13920 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13921 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13922 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13926 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13927 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13928 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13929 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13930 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13931 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13933 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13935 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13936 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13937 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13938 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13939 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13941 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13942 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13943 windows.
13945 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13946 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13950 ;;;***
13952 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13953 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13954 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13955 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13956 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
13957 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13959 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13961 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13962 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13963 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13965 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13967 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13969 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13971 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13972 Oriental holidays.
13973 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13975 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13977 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13979 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13981 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13982 Local holidays.
13983 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13985 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13987 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13989 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13991 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13992 User defined holidays.
13993 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13995 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13997 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13999 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14000 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14002 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14004 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14005 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14007 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14009 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14010 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14012 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14014 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14015 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14017 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14019 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14021 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14022 Jewish holidays.
14023 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14025 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14027 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14029 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14031 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14032 Christian holidays.
14033 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14035 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14037 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14039 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14041 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14042 Islamic holidays.
14043 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14045 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14047 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14049 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14051 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14052 Bahá'í holidays.
14053 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14055 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14057 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14059 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14061 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14062 Sun-related holidays.
14063 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14065 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14067 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14069 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14071 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14072 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14073 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14074 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14078 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14079 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14080 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14081 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14082 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14084 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14085 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14087 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14088 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14090 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14091 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14092 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14093 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14094 of a holiday list.
14096 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14098 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14100 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14102 ;;;***
14104 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20244
14105 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
14106 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14108 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14109 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14111 \(fn)" t nil)
14113 ;;;***
14115 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
14116 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
14117 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14119 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14120 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14121 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14122 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14123 as possible.
14125 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14126 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14127 fontified display.
14129 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14130 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14132 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14133 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14134 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14136 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14138 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14139 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14140 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14142 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14144 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14146 ;;;***
14148 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14149 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20511
14150 ;;;;;; 52965 0 0))
14151 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14153 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14154 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14156 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14157 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14158 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14160 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14161 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14162 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14163 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14164 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14165 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14167 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14168 title of the column.
14170 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14171 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14172 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14173 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14174 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14176 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14178 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14179 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14180 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14181 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14182 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14184 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14185 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14186 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14188 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14190 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14191 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14192 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14193 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14194 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14195 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14197 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14198 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14199 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14200 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14201 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14202 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14203 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14204 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14205 values are:
14206 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14207 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14208 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14209 buffer's modification flag.
14210 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14211 prompted before performing this operation.
14212 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14213 operation is complete, in the form:
14214 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14215 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14216 confirmation message, in the form:
14217 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14218 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14219 macro for exactly what it does.
14221 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14223 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14224 Define a filter named NAME.
14225 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14226 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14227 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14229 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14230 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14231 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14232 bound to the current value of the filter.
14234 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14236 ;;;***
14238 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14239 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
14240 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14242 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14243 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14244 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14245 buffers which are visiting a file.
14247 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14249 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14250 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14251 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14252 buffers which are visiting a file.
14254 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14256 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14257 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14258 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14260 All arguments are optional.
14261 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14262 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14263 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14264 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14265 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14266 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14267 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14268 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14269 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14270 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14271 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14272 that value locally in this buffer.
14274 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14276 ;;;***
14278 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14279 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14280 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20600 16892 0 0))
14281 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14283 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14284 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14285 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14286 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14288 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14290 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14291 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14292 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14293 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14294 ICAL-FILENAME.
14295 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14296 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14297 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14299 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14301 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14302 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14303 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14304 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14305 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14306 non-marking or not.
14308 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14310 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14311 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14313 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14314 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14315 DIARY-FILE.
14317 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14318 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14319 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14321 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14322 non-marking.
14324 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14325 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14326 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14328 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14330 ;;;***
14332 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20452
14333 ;;;;;; 44311 0 0))
14334 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14336 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14337 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14338 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14339 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14340 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14341 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14343 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14345 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14346 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14347 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14348 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14349 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14353 ;;;***
14355 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20356 35090
14356 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14359 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14360 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14361 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14362 Tab indents for Icon code.
14363 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14364 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14365 \\{icon-mode-map}
14366 Variables controlling indentation style:
14367 icon-tab-always-indent
14368 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14369 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14370 icon-auto-newline
14371 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14372 inserted in Icon code.
14373 icon-indent-level
14374 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14375 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14376 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14377 icon-continued-statement-offset
14378 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14379 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14380 icon-continued-brace-offset
14381 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14382 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14383 icon-brace-offset
14384 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14385 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14386 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14387 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14389 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14390 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14392 \(fn)" t nil)
14394 ;;;***
14396 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14397 ;;;;;; (20577 48876 0 0))
14398 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14400 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14401 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14402 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14403 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14405 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14406 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14407 separate frames.
14409 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14410 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14412 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14413 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14414 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14416 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14418 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14420 ;;;***
14422 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14423 ;;;;;; (20577 48876 0 0))
14424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14426 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14427 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14429 The main features of this mode are
14431 1. Indentation and Formatting
14432 --------------------------
14433 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14434 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14436 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14437 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14438 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14439 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14441 Comments are indented as follows:
14443 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14444 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14445 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14447 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14449 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14450 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14451 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14452 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14453 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14454 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14456 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14457 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14458 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14459 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14461 2. Routine Info
14462 ------------
14463 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14464 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14465 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14466 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14467 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14468 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14469 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14470 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14471 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14472 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14474 3. Online IDL Help
14475 ---------------
14477 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14478 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14479 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14480 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14482 4. Completion
14483 ----------
14484 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14485 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14486 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14487 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14488 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14489 upper case.
14491 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14492 --------------------------------
14493 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14494 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14496 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14497 \\fu FUNCTION template
14498 \\c CASE statement template
14499 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14500 \\f FOR loop template
14501 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14502 \\w WHILE loop template
14503 \\i IF statement template
14504 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14505 \\b BEGIN
14507 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14508 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14510 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14511 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14512 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14513 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14515 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14516 -------------------------
14517 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14518 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14520 7. Automatic END completion
14521 ------------------------
14522 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14523 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14525 8. Hooks
14526 -----
14527 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14528 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14530 9. Documentation and Customization
14531 -------------------------------
14532 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14533 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14534 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14535 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14536 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14538 10.Keybindings
14539 -----------
14540 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14541 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14542 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14544 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14546 \(fn)" t nil)
14548 ;;;***
14550 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14551 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14552 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14553 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14554 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14555 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14556 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14557 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20592
14558 ;;;;;; 26321 0 0))
14559 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14561 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14562 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14563 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14564 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14565 displaying...)
14566 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14567 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14568 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14570 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14571 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14573 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14575 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14576 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14577 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14578 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14579 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14580 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14581 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14582 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14583 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14587 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14588 Switch to another buffer.
14589 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14590 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14591 in another frame.
14593 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14594 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14595 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14596 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14597 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14599 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14600 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14602 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14604 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14605 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14606 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14607 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14608 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14609 in a separate window.
14610 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14611 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14612 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14613 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14614 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14615 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14616 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14617 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14618 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14620 \(fn)" t nil)
14622 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14623 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14624 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14625 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14627 \(fn)" t nil)
14629 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14630 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14631 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14632 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14634 \(fn)" t nil)
14636 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14637 Kill a buffer.
14638 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14639 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14641 \(fn)" t nil)
14643 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14644 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14645 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14646 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14648 \(fn)" t nil)
14650 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14651 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14652 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14653 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14655 \(fn)" t nil)
14657 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14658 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14660 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14662 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14663 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14664 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14665 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14666 visible in another frame.
14668 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14669 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14670 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14671 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14672 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14673 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14675 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14676 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14678 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14680 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14681 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14682 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14683 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14684 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14685 in a separate window.
14686 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14687 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14688 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14689 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14690 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14691 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14692 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14693 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14694 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14695 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14696 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14697 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14698 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14699 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14700 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14702 \(fn)" t nil)
14704 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14705 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14706 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14707 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14709 \(fn)" t nil)
14711 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14712 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14713 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14714 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14716 \(fn)" t nil)
14718 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14719 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14720 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14721 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14723 \(fn)" t nil)
14725 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14726 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14727 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14728 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14730 \(fn)" t nil)
14732 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14733 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14734 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14735 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14737 \(fn)" t nil)
14739 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14740 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14741 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14742 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14744 \(fn)" t nil)
14746 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14747 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14748 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14749 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14751 \(fn)" t nil)
14753 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14754 Write current buffer to a file.
14755 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14756 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14758 \(fn)" t nil)
14760 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14761 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14762 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14763 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14765 \(fn)" t nil)
14767 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14768 Call `dired' the ido way.
14769 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14770 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14772 \(fn)" t nil)
14774 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14775 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14776 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14777 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14778 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14779 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14781 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14783 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14784 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14785 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14786 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14788 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14790 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14791 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14792 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14793 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14795 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14797 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14798 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14799 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14800 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14801 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14802 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14803 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14804 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14805 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14806 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14807 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14808 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14809 with point positioned at the end.
14810 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14811 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14813 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14815 ;;;***
14817 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
14818 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14820 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14821 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14822 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14824 \(fn)" t nil)
14826 ;;;***
14828 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20276 3849
14829 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14830 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14832 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14834 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14835 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14836 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14837 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14838 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14839 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14843 ;;;***
14845 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14846 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14847 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14848 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14849 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14850 ;;;;;; (20577 48876 0 0))
14851 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14853 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14854 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14855 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14856 be determined.
14858 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14860 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14861 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14862 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14863 be determined.
14865 \(fn)" nil nil)
14867 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14868 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14869 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14870 be determined.
14872 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14874 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14875 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14876 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14877 be determined.
14879 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14881 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14882 Determine and return image type.
14883 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14884 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14885 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14886 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14887 use its file extension as image type.
14888 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14890 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14892 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14893 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14894 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14896 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14898 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14899 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14900 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14902 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14903 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14904 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14905 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14906 must be available.
14908 \(fn)" nil nil)
14910 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14911 Create an image.
14912 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14913 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14914 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14915 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14916 use its file extension as image type.
14917 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14918 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14919 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14920 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14922 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14924 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14925 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14926 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14928 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14930 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14931 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14932 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14933 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14934 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14935 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14936 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14937 POS may be an integer or marker.
14938 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14939 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14940 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14941 means display it in the right marginal area.
14943 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14945 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14946 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14947 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14948 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14949 defaults to the empty string if you omit it.
14950 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14951 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14952 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14953 means display it in the right marginal area.
14954 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14955 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14956 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14957 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14958 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14960 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14962 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14963 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14964 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14965 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14966 defaulted if you omit it.
14967 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14968 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14969 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14970 means display it in the right marginal area.
14971 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14973 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14975 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14976 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14977 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14978 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14980 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14982 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14983 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14985 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14987 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14988 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14989 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14990 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14991 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14992 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14993 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14994 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14995 satisfied.
14997 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14999 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15001 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15003 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15004 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15006 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15007 documentation string.
15009 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15010 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15011 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15012 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15013 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15014 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15015 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15016 define SYMBOL.
15018 Example:
15020 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15021 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15023 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15025 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15027 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15028 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15029 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15030 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15032 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15033 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15034 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15035 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15037 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15039 \(fn)" nil nil)
15041 ;;;***
15043 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15044 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15045 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15046 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15047 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15048 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15049 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
15050 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
15051 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15053 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15054 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15055 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15056 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15057 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15058 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15062 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15063 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15065 Convenience command that:
15067 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15068 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15069 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15071 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15072 image files in dired and type
15073 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15075 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15077 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15078 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15080 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15082 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15083 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15084 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15085 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15086 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15087 another one).
15089 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15090 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15091 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15093 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15094 instead of erasing it first.
15096 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15097 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15098 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15099 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15100 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15101 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15103 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15105 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15106 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15107 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15108 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15109 displayed.
15111 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15113 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15115 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15117 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15118 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15120 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15122 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15123 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15124 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15126 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15128 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15129 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15131 \(fn)" t nil)
15133 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15134 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15135 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15136 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15138 \(fn)" t nil)
15140 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15141 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15143 \(fn)" t nil)
15145 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15146 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15148 \(fn)" t nil)
15150 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15151 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15153 \(fn)" t nil)
15155 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15156 Display current image file.
15157 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15158 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15162 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15163 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15165 \(fn)" t nil)
15167 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15168 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15169 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15170 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15171 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15172 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15173 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15175 \(fn)" t nil)
15177 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15178 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15179 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15180 easy-to-use form.
15182 \(fn)" t nil)
15184 ;;;***
15186 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15187 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15188 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
15189 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15191 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15192 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15193 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15194 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15196 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15197 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15198 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15199 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15201 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15203 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15204 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15205 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15206 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15208 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15209 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15210 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15211 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15213 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15215 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15216 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15218 \(fn)" nil nil)
15220 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15221 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15222 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15223 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15225 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15227 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15228 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15229 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15230 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15231 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15232 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15234 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15236 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15237 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15238 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15239 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15240 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15242 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15243 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15244 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15248 ;;;***
15250 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15251 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20580 46629 0 0))
15252 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15254 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15255 Major mode for image files.
15256 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15257 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15259 \(fn)" t nil)
15261 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15262 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15263 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15264 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15265 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15267 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15268 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15269 actual image.
15271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15273 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15274 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15275 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15276 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15277 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15278 to display an image file as the actual image.
15280 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15281 to display an image file as text initially.
15283 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15284 on these modes.
15286 \(fn)" t nil)
15288 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15291 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15293 ;;;***
15295 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15296 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
15297 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15299 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15300 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15302 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15304 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15305 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15306 in the buffer.
15308 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15310 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15311 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15312 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15314 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15316 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15317 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15318 Each element of this list should have the form
15320 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15322 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15323 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15324 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15325 matches are put).
15326 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15327 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15328 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15329 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15330 another element.
15331 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15332 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15333 the menu item.
15334 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15335 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15336 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15337 the ARGUMENTS.
15339 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15340 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15341 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15343 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15344 create a buffer index.
15346 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15347 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15348 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15349 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15350 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15352 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15354 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15355 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15357 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15358 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15359 called within a `save-excursion'.
15361 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15363 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15365 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15366 Function for finding the next index position.
15368 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15369 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15370 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15371 file.
15373 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15374 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15376 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15378 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15379 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15381 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15382 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15383 It should return the name for that index item.")
15385 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15387 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15388 Function to compare string with index item.
15390 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15391 non-nil if they match.
15393 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15394 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15395 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15396 arguments match\".")
15398 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15400 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15401 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15402 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15404 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15405 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15407 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15409 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15411 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15412 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15413 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15414 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15416 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15418 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15419 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15421 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15423 \(fn)" t nil)
15425 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15426 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15427 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15428 for more information.
15430 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15432 ;;;***
15434 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15435 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15436 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
15437 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15439 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15440 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15442 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15444 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15447 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15449 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15452 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15454 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15457 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15459 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15460 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15462 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15464 ;;;***
15466 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
15467 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
15468 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15470 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15471 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15472 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15473 to that buffer.
15474 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15475 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15476 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15477 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15479 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15481 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15483 ;;;***
15485 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15486 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15487 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15488 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-bug info-emacs-manual
15489 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
15490 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15492 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15493 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15494 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15495 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15496 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15497 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15498 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15499 first in this list.
15501 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15502 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15503 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15504 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15505 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15507 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15508 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15509 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15511 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15512 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15514 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15515 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15517 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15518 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15519 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15520 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15521 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15522 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15523 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15524 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15525 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15526 with the top-level Info directory.
15528 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15529 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15530 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15531 appended to the Info buffer name.
15533 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15534 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15535 in all the directories in that path.
15537 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15539 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15541 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15542 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15544 \(fn)" t nil)
15546 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15547 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15549 \(fn)" t nil)
15551 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15552 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15553 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15554 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15556 \(fn)" nil nil)
15558 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15559 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15560 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15561 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15563 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15565 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15566 Go to the Info directory node.
15568 \(fn)" t nil)
15570 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15571 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15572 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15573 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15574 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15575 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15577 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15579 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15580 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15581 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15583 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15585 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15586 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15587 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15588 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15589 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15591 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15593 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15594 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15595 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15596 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15597 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15599 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15600 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15602 Selecting other nodes:
15603 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15604 Follow a node reference you click on.
15605 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15606 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15607 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15608 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15609 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15610 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15611 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15612 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15613 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15614 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15615 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15616 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15617 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15618 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15619 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15620 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15621 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15622 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15623 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15624 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15626 Moving within a node:
15627 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15628 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15629 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15630 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15631 move up to the parent node.
15632 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15633 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15634 if there is none.
15635 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15637 Advanced commands:
15638 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15639 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15640 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15641 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15642 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15643 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15644 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15645 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15646 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15647 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15648 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15649 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15650 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15651 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15652 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15653 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15655 \(fn)" t nil)
15656 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15658 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15659 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15660 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15661 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15662 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15663 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15665 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15666 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15668 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15669 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15670 KEY is a string.
15671 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15672 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15673 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15674 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15676 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15678 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15679 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15680 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15682 \(fn)" t nil)
15684 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15685 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15686 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15688 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15690 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15691 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15693 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15695 ;;;***
15697 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15698 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15699 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
15700 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15702 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15703 Throw away all cached data.
15704 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15705 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15706 system.
15708 \(fn)" t nil)
15709 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15711 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15712 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15713 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15714 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15715 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15716 one found at point.
15718 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15720 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15721 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15723 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15724 Display the documentation of a file.
15725 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15726 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15727 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15728 The default file name is the one found at point.
15730 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15732 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15734 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15735 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15737 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15739 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15740 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15742 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15744 ;;;***
15746 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15747 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15748 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
15749 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15751 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15752 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15753 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15754 current info file is the default.
15756 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15757 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15758 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15759 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15760 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15762 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15763 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15764 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15765 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15766 mistake in the reference.
15768 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15769 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15770 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15772 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15773 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15774 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15775 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15777 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15779 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15780 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15781 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15782 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15783 checked.
15785 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15786 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15787 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15788 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15789 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15790 should be harmless.
15792 \(fn)" t nil)
15794 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15795 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15796 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15797 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15799 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15800 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15801 and can take a long time.
15803 \(fn)" t nil)
15805 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15806 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15807 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15809 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15811 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15812 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15814 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15815 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15816 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15817 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15818 all builtins).
15820 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15821 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15822 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15823 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15824 the sources handy.
15826 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15828 ;;;***
15830 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15831 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
15832 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15834 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15835 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15837 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15839 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15840 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15842 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15844 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15845 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15846 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15847 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15849 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15850 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15851 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15853 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15854 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15855 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15856 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15858 \(fn)" t nil)
15860 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15861 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15862 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15864 \(fn)" t nil)
15866 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15867 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15868 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15869 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15870 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15872 \(fn)" nil nil)
15874 ;;;***
15876 ;;;### (autoloads (inversion-require-emacs) "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el"
15877 ;;;;;; (20592 26321 0 0))
15878 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15880 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15881 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15882 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15884 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15886 ;;;***
15888 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15889 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15890 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
15891 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15893 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15894 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15896 \(fn)" t nil)
15898 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15899 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15901 \(fn)" t nil)
15903 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15906 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15908 ;;;***
15910 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20244
15911 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
15912 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15914 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15915 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15916 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15917 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15918 accessed via isearchb.
15920 \(fn)" t nil)
15922 ;;;***
15924 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15925 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15926 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15927 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
15928 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15930 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15931 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15932 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15933 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15934 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15936 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15938 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15939 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15940 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15941 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15942 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15944 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15946 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15947 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15948 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15949 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15950 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15952 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15954 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15955 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15956 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15957 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15958 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15960 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15962 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15963 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15964 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15965 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15966 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15968 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15970 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15971 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15972 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15973 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15974 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15976 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15978 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15979 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15980 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15981 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15982 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15984 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15986 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15987 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15988 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15989 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15991 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15993 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15994 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15995 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15996 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15998 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16000 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16001 Warn that format is read-only.
16003 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16005 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16006 Warn that format is write-only.
16008 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16010 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16011 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16013 \(fn)" t nil)
16015 ;;;***
16017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16018 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
16019 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16020 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16021 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16023 ;;;***
16025 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16026 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16027 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16028 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
16029 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
16030 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16032 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16034 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16035 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16036 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16037 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16038 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16040 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16042 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16044 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16045 Key map for ispell menu.")
16047 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16048 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16049 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16050 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16052 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16054 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16056 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16058 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16060 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16061 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16062 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16063 Valid forms include:
16064 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16065 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16066 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16067 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16069 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16070 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16071 First list is used raw.
16072 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16074 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16075 for skipping in latex mode.")
16077 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16078 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16079 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16080 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16081 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16082 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16083 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16085 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16086 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16087 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16088 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16090 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16091 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16092 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16093 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16094 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16096 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16097 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16099 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16100 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16102 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16103 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16105 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16106 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16108 Return values:
16109 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16110 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16111 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16112 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16113 quit spell session exited.
16115 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16117 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16118 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16119 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16121 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16123 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16124 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16126 Selections are:
16128 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16129 SPC: Accept word this time.
16130 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16131 `a': Accept word for this session.
16132 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16133 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16134 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16135 `?': Show these commands.
16136 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16137 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16138 the aborted check to be completed later.
16139 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16140 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16141 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16142 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16143 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16144 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16145 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16147 \(fn)" nil nil)
16149 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16150 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16151 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16152 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16154 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16156 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16157 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16158 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16159 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16161 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16163 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16165 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16166 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16167 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16168 amount for last line processed.
16170 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16172 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16173 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16175 \(fn)" t nil)
16177 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16178 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16180 \(fn)" t nil)
16182 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16183 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16185 \(fn)" t nil)
16187 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16188 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16189 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16190 sequence inside of a word.
16192 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16194 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16196 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16197 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16199 \(fn)" t nil)
16201 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16202 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16203 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16204 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16206 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16207 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16208 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16209 available on the net.
16211 \(fn)" t nil)
16213 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16214 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16215 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16216 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16217 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16219 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16220 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16221 spelled.
16223 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16224 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16225 SPC.
16227 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16228 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16232 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16233 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16234 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16235 Don't check included messages.
16237 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16238 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16239 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16241 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16242 in your init file:
16243 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16244 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16245 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16246 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16248 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16249 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16250 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16252 \(fn)" t nil)
16254 ;;;***
16256 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20577
16257 ;;;;;; 48876 0 0))
16258 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16260 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16261 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16262 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16264 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16265 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16267 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16269 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16270 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16271 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16272 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16273 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16275 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16276 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16280 ;;;***
16282 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16283 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16284 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16285 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
16286 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16288 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16291 \(fn)" nil nil)
16293 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16294 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16295 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16296 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16297 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16298 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16299 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16300 necessary to represent OBJ.
16302 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16304 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16305 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16306 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16307 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16309 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16311 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16312 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16313 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16314 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16315 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16317 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16319 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16320 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16321 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16322 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16324 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16326 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16327 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16328 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16329 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16331 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16333 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16334 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16336 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16338 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16339 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16340 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16341 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16342 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16344 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16346 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16347 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16348 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16349 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16350 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16352 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16354 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16355 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16356 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16358 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16360 ;;;***
16362 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16363 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20318 5885 0 0))
16364 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16366 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16367 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16368 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16369 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16371 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16374 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16376 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16377 Uninstall jka-compr.
16378 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16379 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16380 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16382 \(fn)" nil nil)
16384 ;;;***
16386 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20535 44414 0
16387 ;;;;;; 0))
16388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16390 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16391 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16393 \(fn)" t nil)
16395 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16397 ;;;***
16399 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16400 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16401 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
16402 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16404 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16405 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16406 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16407 decimal key must be specified.")
16409 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16411 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16412 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16413 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16414 decimal key must be specified.")
16416 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16418 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16419 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16420 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16421 decimal key must be specified.")
16423 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16425 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16426 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16427 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16428 decimal key must be specified.")
16430 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16432 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16433 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16434 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16435 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16436 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16437 keys are bound.
16439 Setup Binding
16440 -------------------------------------------------------------
16441 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16442 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16443 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16444 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16445 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16446 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16447 in the global and local keymaps.
16449 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16450 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16452 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16454 ;;;***
16456 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16457 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
16458 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16460 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16461 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16462 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16464 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16465 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16466 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16467 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16468 shorter.
16470 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16471 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16472 the context of text formatting.
16474 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16476 ;;;***
16478 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20244
16479 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
16480 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16482 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16483 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16484 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16485 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16486 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16487 positions that contains the current selection.")
16489 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16490 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16491 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16492 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16493 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16494 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16495 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16497 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16499 ;;;***
16501 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16502 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16503 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16504 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
16505 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16506 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16507 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16508 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16509 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16510 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16511 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16512 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16514 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16515 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16517 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16519 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16520 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16521 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16522 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16523 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16525 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16527 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16528 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16529 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16531 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16532 defining the macro.
16534 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16535 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16536 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16538 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16539 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16541 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16543 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16544 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16545 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16546 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16547 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16548 under that name.
16550 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16551 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16552 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16554 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16556 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16557 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16558 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16560 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16561 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16562 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16563 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16565 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16566 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16568 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16570 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16571 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16572 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16574 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16575 macro.
16577 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16578 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16580 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16581 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16582 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16584 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16585 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16587 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16589 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16590 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16591 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16592 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16594 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16596 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16597 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16598 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16599 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16601 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16602 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16604 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16606 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16607 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16608 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16610 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16612 ;;;***
16614 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16615 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
16616 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16618 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16619 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16620 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16622 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16625 \(fn)" nil nil)
16627 ;;;***
16629 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16630 ;;;;;; (20550 14882 0 0))
16631 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16633 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16635 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16636 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16638 \(fn)" t nil)
16640 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16641 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16642 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16643 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16645 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16646 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16647 none / 1 | yes | no
16648 2 | yes | yes
16649 3 | no | yes
16650 4 | no | no
16652 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16653 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16654 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16656 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16658 ;;;***
16660 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16661 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16662 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
16663 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16665 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16668 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16670 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16671 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16672 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16673 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16674 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16675 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16677 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16678 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16680 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16682 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16683 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16685 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16687 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16690 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16692 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16695 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16697 ;;;***
16699 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16700 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16701 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
16702 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16704 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16705 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16706 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16707 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16709 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16711 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16712 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16713 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16715 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16717 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16718 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16719 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16721 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16723 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16724 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16725 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16726 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16728 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16730 ;;;***
16732 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16733 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20577 48876
16734 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16735 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16737 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16738 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16739 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16740 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16741 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16742 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16743 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16744 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16746 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16747 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16749 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16750 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16752 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16754 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16755 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16756 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16757 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16758 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16759 `latin1-display-setup'.
16761 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16763 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16764 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16765 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16766 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16768 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16769 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16771 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16773 ;;;***
16775 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16776 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
16777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16779 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16780 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16782 \(fn)" t nil)
16784 ;;;***
16786 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20550 14882 0 0))
16787 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16789 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16790 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16791 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16792 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16793 generations (this defaults to 1).
16795 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16797 ;;;***
16799 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode) "linum" "linum.el"
16800 ;;;;;; (20580 46629 0 0))
16801 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16803 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16804 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16805 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16806 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16807 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16809 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16813 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16814 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16815 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16816 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16817 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16818 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16820 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16822 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16823 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16824 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16825 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16826 ARG is omitted or nil.
16828 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16829 `linum-on' would do it.
16830 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16834 ;;;***
16836 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20511
16837 ;;;;;; 52965 0 0))
16838 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16840 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16841 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16842 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16843 is nil, raise an error.
16845 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16846 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16847 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16848 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16849 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16850 defined by the library.
16852 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16853 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16854 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16855 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16856 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16857 proceeds.
16859 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16860 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16861 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16862 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16864 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16866 ;;;***
16868 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16869 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
16870 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16872 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16873 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16874 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16876 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16878 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16879 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16880 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16881 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16883 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16884 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16885 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16886 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16887 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16888 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16889 the version.)
16891 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16892 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16894 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16895 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16897 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16898 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16900 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16902 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16903 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16904 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16905 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16906 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16907 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16908 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16909 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16910 to constrain a big search.
16912 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16914 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16915 except that FILTER is not optional.
16917 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16919 ;;;***
16921 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20589 46442
16922 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16923 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16925 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16926 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16927 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16928 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16929 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16930 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16931 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16932 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16933 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16934 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16936 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16937 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16938 associated values:
16939 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16940 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16941 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16942 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16943 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16945 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16946 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16947 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16949 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16951 ;;;***
16953 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20517
16954 ;;;;;; 4109 0 0))
16955 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16957 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16958 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16960 \(fn)" t nil)
16962 ;;;***
16964 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20244
16965 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
16966 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16968 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16969 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
16970 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
16971 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16972 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16974 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
16975 extend beyond `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line
16976 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
16977 disk.
16979 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
16980 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can
16981 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16983 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
16984 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
16986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16988 ;;;***
16990 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16991 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20511
16992 ;;;;;; 52965 0 0))
16993 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16995 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16996 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16998 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16999 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17001 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17002 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17003 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17005 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17006 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17008 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17009 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17010 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17011 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17012 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17013 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17014 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17016 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17018 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17019 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17020 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17021 switch on this list.
17022 See `lpr-command'.")
17024 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17026 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17027 Name of program for printing a file.
17029 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17030 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17031 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17032 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17033 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17034 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17035 argument.")
17037 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17039 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17040 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17041 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17042 for customization of the printer command.
17044 \(fn)" t nil)
17046 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17047 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17049 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17050 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17051 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17052 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17054 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17055 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17057 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17058 for further customization of the printer command.
17060 \(fn)" t nil)
17062 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17063 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17064 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17065 for customization of the printer command.
17067 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17069 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17070 Paginate and print the region contents.
17072 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17073 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17074 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17075 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17077 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17078 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17080 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17081 for further customization of the printer command.
17083 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17085 ;;;***
17087 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17088 ;;;;;; (20276 3849 0 0))
17089 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17091 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17092 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17093 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17095 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17097 ;;;***
17099 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20567
17100 ;;;;;; 31133 0 0))
17101 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17103 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17104 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17105 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17106 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17110 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17112 ;;;***
17114 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20356
17115 ;;;;;; 35090 0 0))
17116 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17118 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17119 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17121 \(fn)" t nil)
17123 ;;;***
17125 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17126 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20244 35516 0
17127 ;;;;;; 0))
17128 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17130 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17131 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17132 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17133 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17134 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17136 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17138 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17139 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17140 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17141 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17143 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17144 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17145 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17146 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17147 bindings.
17149 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17150 use this command, and then save the file.
17152 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17154 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17155 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17156 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17157 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17158 each time the macro executes.
17159 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17160 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17161 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17162 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17163 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17164 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17165 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17167 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17169 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17170 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17171 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17172 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17174 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17175 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17176 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17177 execute.
17179 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17180 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17182 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17183 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17184 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17185 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17186 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17188 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17189 looked like this:
17191 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17192 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17193 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17195 You could enter the names in this format:
17201 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17203 \\C-x (
17204 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17205 \\C-x )
17207 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17208 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17210 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17211 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17213 ;;;***
17215 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17216 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20356 35090 0 0))
17217 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17219 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17220 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17221 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17222 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17223 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17224 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17226 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17227 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17228 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17229 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17230 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17232 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17233 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17234 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17235 consing a string.)
17237 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17239 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17240 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17242 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17244 ;;;***
17246 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17247 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17248 ;;;;;; (20567 31133 0 0))
17249 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17251 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17252 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17254 \(fn)" nil nil)
17256 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17259 \(fn)" nil nil)
17261 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17262 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17264 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17266 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17267 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17268 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17269 message.
17271 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17273 \(fn)" nil nil)
17275 ;;;***
17277 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17278 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17279 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17280 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20318 5885 0 0))
17281 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17283 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17284 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17285 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17286 often correct parser.")
17288 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17290 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17291 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17292 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17293 a value which excludes your own email address.
17295 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17296 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17298 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17300 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17301 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17303 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17305 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17306 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17307 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17308 we return it unconverted.
17310 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17311 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17313 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17315 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17316 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17317 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17318 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17320 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17322 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17323 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17324 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17325 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17327 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17329 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17330 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17331 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17332 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17333 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17334 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17335 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17336 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17337 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17338 as Rmail does.
17340 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17342 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17343 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17344 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17345 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17346 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17347 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17348 matches may be returned from the message body.
17350 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17352 ;;;***
17354 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17355 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20567
17356 ;;;;;; 31133 0 0))
17357 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17359 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17360 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17361 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17362 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17363 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17364 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17366 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17368 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17369 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17370 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17371 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17372 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17374 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17375 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17376 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17377 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17381 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17382 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17384 \(fn)" nil nil)
17386 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17387 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17388 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17390 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17392 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17393 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17394 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17396 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17397 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17398 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17399 double-quotes.
17401 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17403 ;;;***
17405 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17406 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17407 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
17408 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17410 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17411 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17412 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17413 king@grassland.com
17414 If `parens', they look like:
17415 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17416 If `angles', they look like:
17417 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17419 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17421 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17422 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17423 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17424 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17425 their `Resent-' variants.
17427 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17428 removed from alias expansions.
17430 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17432 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17433 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17434 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17436 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17437 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17438 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17439 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17441 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17443 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17444 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17445 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17447 \(fn)" nil nil)
17449 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17450 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17451 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17452 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17454 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17456 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function "24.1")
17458 ;;;***
17460 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17461 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
17462 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17464 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17465 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17466 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17467 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17469 \(fn)" nil nil)
17471 ;;;***
17473 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17474 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17475 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20412 11425 0 0))
17476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17478 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17479 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17481 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17482 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17483 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17484 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17485 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17486 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17488 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17489 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17490 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17491 dependency, despite the colon.
17493 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17495 In the browser, use the following keys:
17497 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17499 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17501 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17502 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17504 `makefile-target-colon':
17505 The string that gets appended to all target names
17506 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17507 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17509 `makefile-macro-assign':
17510 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17511 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17512 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17513 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17514 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17515 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17517 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17518 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17519 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17521 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17522 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17524 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17525 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17526 up or down in the browser.
17528 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17529 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17531 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17532 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17534 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17535 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17536 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17537 has been selected in the browser.
17539 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17540 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17541 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17542 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17543 filenames are omitted.
17545 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17546 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17547 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17548 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17549 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17550 the backslash itself intact.
17551 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17552 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17554 `makefile-browser-hook':
17555 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17556 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17558 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17559 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17560 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17561 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17563 \(fn)" t nil)
17565 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17566 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17568 \(fn)" t nil)
17570 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17571 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17573 \(fn)" t nil)
17575 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17576 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17578 \(fn)" t nil)
17580 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17581 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17583 \(fn)" t nil)
17585 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17586 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17588 \(fn)" t nil)
17590 ;;;***
17592 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20244
17593 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
17594 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17596 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17597 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17598 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17600 \(fn)" t nil)
17602 ;;;***
17604 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17605 ;;;;;; (20523 63054 0 0))
17606 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17608 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17610 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17611 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17612 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17613 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17614 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17615 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17616 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17617 page, it will display immediately.
17619 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17620 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17621 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17623 cat(1)
17624 1 cat
17626 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17627 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17628 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17629 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17631 -a chmod
17633 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17634 otherwise look like a page name.
17636 /my/file/name.1.gz
17637 -l somefile.1
17639 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17640 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17641 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17643 -k pattern
17645 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17647 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17648 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17650 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17652 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17653 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17655 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17657 ;;;***
17659 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20244 35516
17660 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17661 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17663 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17664 Toggle Master mode.
17665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17669 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17670 using the following commands:
17672 \\{master-mode-map}
17674 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17675 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17676 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17680 ;;;***
17682 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17683 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
17684 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17686 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17687 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17688 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17689 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17690 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17691 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17693 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17695 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17696 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17697 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17698 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17699 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17701 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17702 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17703 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17704 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17708 ;;;***
17710 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17711 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17712 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17713 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17714 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17715 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17716 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
17717 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17719 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17721 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17722 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17723 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17724 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17725 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17726 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17727 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17728 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17729 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17730 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17731 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17732 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17733 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17734 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17735 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17736 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17737 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17738 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17739 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17740 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17741 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17742 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17743 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17744 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17745 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17746 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17747 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17748 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17749 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17750 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17751 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17752 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17753 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17754 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17755 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17756 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17757 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17758 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17760 \(fn)" t nil)
17762 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17763 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17764 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17765 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17766 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17768 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17770 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17771 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17773 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17775 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17776 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17778 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17780 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17781 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17783 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17785 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17786 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17787 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17789 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17791 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17792 Cancel an article you posted.
17793 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17797 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17798 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17799 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17800 header line with the old Message-ID.
17802 \(fn)" t nil)
17804 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17805 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17807 \(fn)" t nil)
17809 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17810 Forward the current message via mail.
17811 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17812 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17814 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17816 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17819 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17821 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17824 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17826 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17827 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17829 \(fn)" t nil)
17831 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17832 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17834 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17836 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17837 Re-mail the current message.
17838 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17839 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17840 you.
17842 \(fn)" t nil)
17844 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17845 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17847 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17849 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17850 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17852 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17854 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17855 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17857 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17859 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17860 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17862 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17864 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17865 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17866 Works by overstriking characters.
17867 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17868 which specify the range to operate on.
17870 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17872 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17873 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17874 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17875 which specify the range to operate on.
17877 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17879 ;;;***
17881 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17882 ;;;;;; (20412 11425 0 0))
17883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17885 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17886 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17888 \(fn)" t nil)
17890 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17891 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17893 \(fn)" t nil)
17895 ;;;***
17897 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17898 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17899 ;;;;;; (20356 35090 0 0))
17900 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17902 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17903 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17904 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17906 \(fn)" t nil)
17908 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17909 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17910 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17911 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17912 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17913 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17914 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17916 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17918 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17919 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17920 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17921 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17922 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17923 means current).
17924 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17925 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17927 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17929 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17930 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17931 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17932 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17933 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17934 means current).
17935 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17936 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17938 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17940 ;;;***
17942 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17943 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17944 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
17945 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17947 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17948 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17949 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17951 \(fn)" t nil)
17953 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17954 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17955 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17957 \(fn)" t nil)
17959 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17960 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17962 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17963 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17964 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17966 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17967 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17969 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17970 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17972 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17974 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17976 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17977 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17978 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17979 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17980 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17981 as `compose-mail'.
17983 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17984 initial Subject field, respectively.
17986 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17987 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17988 are strings.
17990 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17991 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17993 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17995 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17996 Save draft and send message.
17998 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17999 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18000 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18001 Mail Delivery*\".
18003 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18004 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18005 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18007 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18008 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18009 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18010 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18011 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18012 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18014 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18015 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18017 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18018 message and scan line.
18020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18022 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18023 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18025 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18026 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18027 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18028 delete the draft message.
18030 \(fn)" t nil)
18032 ;;;***
18034 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20244 35516
18035 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18036 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18038 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18040 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18042 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18044 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18045 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18047 \(fn)" t nil)
18049 ;;;***
18051 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18052 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20373 41604 0 0))
18053 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18055 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18056 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18057 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18059 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18060 the MH mail system.
18062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18064 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18065 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18066 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18068 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18069 the MH mail system.
18071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18073 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18074 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18076 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18077 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18078 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18079 separate command.
18081 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18082 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18083 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18084 format.
18086 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18088 Ranges
18089 ======
18090 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18091 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18092 can be used in several ways.
18094 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18095 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18096 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18097 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18098 page):
18100 <num1>-<num2>
18101 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18102 The range must be nonempty.
18104 <num>:N
18105 <num>:+N
18106 <num>:-N
18107 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18108 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18109 last.
18111 first:N
18112 prev:N
18113 next:N
18114 last:N
18115 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18118 All of the messages.
18120 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18121 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18123 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18124 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18125 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18127 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18129 \(fn)" t nil)
18131 ;;;***
18133 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18134 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
18135 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18137 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18138 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18139 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18140 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18141 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18142 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18143 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18144 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18145 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18146 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18147 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18149 \(fn)" t nil)
18151 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18152 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18153 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18154 to its second argument TM.
18156 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18158 ;;;***
18160 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18161 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20580 46629 0 0))
18162 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18164 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18165 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18166 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18167 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18168 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18169 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18171 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18173 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18174 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18175 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18176 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18177 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18179 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18180 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18181 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18182 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18183 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18184 is modified to remove the default indication.
18186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18188 ;;;***
18190 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18191 ;;;;;; (20535 44414 0 0))
18192 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18194 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18195 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18196 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18197 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18198 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18199 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18200 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18201 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18202 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18204 \(fn)" t nil)
18206 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18207 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18208 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18209 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18210 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18211 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18212 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18213 The return value is always nil.
18215 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18217 ;;;***
18219 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18220 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18221 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
18222 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18223 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18225 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18226 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18228 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18229 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18230 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18231 next occurrence.
18233 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18234 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18235 end of the search space).
18237 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18238 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18239 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18240 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18241 should return the previous buffer to search.
18243 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18244 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18245 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18247 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18248 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18249 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18250 Isearch starts.")
18252 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18253 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18254 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18256 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18257 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18258 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18260 \(fn)" nil nil)
18262 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18263 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18264 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18265 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18266 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18267 whose names match the specified regexp.
18269 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18271 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18272 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18273 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18274 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18275 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18276 whose names match the specified regexp.
18278 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18280 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18281 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18282 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18283 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18284 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18285 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18286 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18288 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18290 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18291 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18292 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18293 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18294 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18295 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18296 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18298 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18300 ;;;***
18302 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18303 ;;;;;; (20567 31133 0 0))
18304 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18306 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18307 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18309 \(fn)" t nil)
18311 ;;;***
18313 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18314 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
18315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18317 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18318 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18320 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18322 ;;;***
18324 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18325 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
18326 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18328 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18329 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18331 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18333 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18334 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18335 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18336 the entire message.
18337 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18339 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18341 ;;;***
18343 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18344 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
18345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18347 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18348 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18349 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18350 the entire message.
18351 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18353 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18355 ;;;***
18357 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18358 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
18359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18361 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18362 Insert file contents of URL.
18363 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18365 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18367 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18368 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18370 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18372 ;;;***
18374 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18375 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20318 5885 0 0))
18376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18378 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18379 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18380 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18381 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18382 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18384 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18386 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18387 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18388 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18390 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18392 ;;;***
18394 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18395 ;;;;;; (20567 31133 0 0))
18396 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18398 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18399 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18401 \(fn)" nil nil)
18403 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18404 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18405 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18406 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18407 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18409 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18410 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18411 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18412 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18413 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18414 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18416 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18418 ;;;***
18420 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18421 ;;;;;; (20291 57212 0 0))
18422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18424 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18427 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18429 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18432 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18434 ;;;***
18436 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18437 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18438 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
18439 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18441 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18444 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18446 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18449 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18451 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18454 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18456 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18459 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18461 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18464 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18466 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18469 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18471 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18474 \(fn)" nil nil)
18476 ;;;***
18478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20412 11425
18479 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18480 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18482 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18484 ;;;***
18486 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20356
18487 ;;;;;; 35090 0 0))
18488 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18490 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18492 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18493 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18494 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18495 followed by the first character of the construct.
18496 \\<m2-mode-map>
18497 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18498 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18499 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18500 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18501 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18502 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18503 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18504 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18505 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18506 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18507 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18508 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18509 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18510 \\[m2-link] link
18512 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18513 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18514 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18516 \(fn)" t nil)
18518 ;;;***
18520 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18521 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
18522 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18524 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18525 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18527 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18529 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18530 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18532 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18534 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18535 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18537 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18539 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18540 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18542 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18544 ;;;***
18546 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18547 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
18548 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18550 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18551 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18553 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18554 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18555 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18557 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18558 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18559 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18561 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18562 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18564 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18565 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18566 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18567 hemisphere you're in.)
18569 To test this function, evaluate:
18570 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18572 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18574 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18575 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18577 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18578 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18580 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18581 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18582 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18584 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18585 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18587 To test this function, evaluate:
18588 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18590 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18592 ;;;***
18594 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20523 63054 0 0))
18595 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18597 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18598 Main entry point for MPC.
18600 \(fn)" t nil)
18602 ;;;***
18604 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20550 14882 0 0))
18605 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18607 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18608 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18610 \(fn)" t nil)
18612 ;;;***
18614 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
18615 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18617 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18618 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18619 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18620 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18621 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18622 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18624 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18626 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18627 Toggle Msb mode.
18628 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18629 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18630 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18632 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18633 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18637 ;;;***
18639 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18640 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18641 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18642 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18643 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18644 ;;;;;; (20577 48876 0 0))
18645 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18647 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18648 Display a list of all character sets.
18650 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18651 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18652 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18653 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18654 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18656 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18657 but still shows the full information.
18659 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18661 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18662 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18663 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18665 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18666 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18667 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18668 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18669 meanings of these arguments.
18671 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18673 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18674 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18676 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18678 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18679 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18681 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18683 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18684 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18686 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18688 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18689 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18691 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18692 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18693 in place of `..':
18694 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18695 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18696 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18697 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18698 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18699 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18700 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18701 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18702 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18703 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18704 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18705 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18706 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18707 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18708 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18709 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18711 \(fn)" t nil)
18713 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18714 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18716 \(fn)" t nil)
18718 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18719 Display a list of all coding systems.
18720 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18722 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18723 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18727 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18728 Display a list of all coding categories.
18730 \(fn)" nil nil)
18732 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18733 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18734 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18736 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18738 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18739 Display information about FONTSET.
18740 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18742 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18744 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18745 Display a list of all fontsets.
18746 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18747 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18748 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18750 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18752 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18753 Display information about all input methods.
18755 \(fn)" t nil)
18757 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18758 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18760 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18761 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18762 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18763 system which uses fontsets).
18765 \(fn)" t nil)
18767 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18768 Show log of font listing and opening.
18769 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18770 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18772 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18774 ;;;***
18776 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18777 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18778 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18779 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18780 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
18781 ;;;;;; (20577 48876 0 0))
18782 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18784 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18785 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18787 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18788 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18790 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18791 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18793 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18795 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18796 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18797 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18798 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18799 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18800 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18801 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18803 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18804 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18805 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18806 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18807 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18808 middle of a character in STR.
18810 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18811 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18813 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18814 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18815 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18816 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18817 defaults to \"...\".
18819 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18821 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18822 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18824 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18825 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18826 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18828 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18829 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18830 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18832 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18833 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18834 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18835 are considered.
18836 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18837 longer than KEYSEQ.
18838 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18840 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18842 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18843 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18844 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18845 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18846 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18847 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18848 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18849 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18850 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18851 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18852 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18854 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18856 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18857 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18859 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18861 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18862 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18864 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18866 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18867 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18869 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18871 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18872 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18874 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18876 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18877 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18878 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18879 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18880 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18882 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18883 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18885 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18886 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18887 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18888 coding systems ordered by priority.
18890 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18892 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority "23.1")
18894 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18895 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18896 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18897 language environment LANG-ENV.
18899 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18901 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18902 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18903 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18904 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18905 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18906 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18908 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18910 ;;;***
18912 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18913 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18914 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18915 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20244
18916 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
18917 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18919 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18920 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18922 \(fn)" t nil)
18924 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18925 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18927 \(fn)" t nil)
18929 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18930 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18932 \(fn)" t nil)
18934 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18935 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18937 \(fn)" t nil)
18939 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18940 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18942 \(fn)" t nil)
18944 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18945 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18947 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18949 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18950 Ping HOST.
18951 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18952 `ping-program-options'.
18954 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18956 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18957 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18959 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18961 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18962 Run nslookup program.
18964 \(fn)" t nil)
18966 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18967 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18969 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18971 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18972 Run dig program.
18974 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18976 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18977 Run ftp program.
18979 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18981 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18982 Finger USER on HOST.
18984 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18986 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18987 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18988 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18989 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18991 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18993 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18996 \(fn)" t nil)
18998 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18999 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19001 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19003 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19004 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19006 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19008 ;;;***
19010 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20511
19011 ;;;;;; 52965 0 0))
19012 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19014 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19015 Return a user name/password pair.
19016 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19017 listed in the PORTS list.
19019 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19021 ;;;***
19023 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
19024 ;;;;;; (20373 41604 0 0))
19025 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19027 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19028 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19029 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19030 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19031 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19032 closes it.
19034 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19035 make it unique.
19036 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19037 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19038 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19039 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19040 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19041 a port number to connect to.
19043 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19044 values:
19046 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19047 nil or `network'
19048 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19049 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19050 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19051 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19052 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19053 an unencrypted connection.
19054 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19055 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19056 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19057 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19058 returned object is a killed process.
19059 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19060 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19061 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19063 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19064 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19065 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19066 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19067 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19068 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19069 or nil if none could be found.
19070 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19071 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19073 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19075 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19076 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19077 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19079 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19080 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19081 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19083 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19084 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19085 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19087 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19088 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19089 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19090 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19092 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19093 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19095 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19096 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19097 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19098 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19099 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19100 or STARTTLS connections.
19102 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19103 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19105 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19106 asynchronously, if possible.
19108 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19110 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19112 ;;;***
19114 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19115 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
19116 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19118 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19119 Check whether newsticker is running.
19120 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19121 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19123 \(fn)" nil nil)
19125 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19126 Start the newsticker.
19127 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19128 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19129 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19130 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19132 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19134 ;;;***
19136 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19137 ;;;;;; (20434 28080 0 0))
19138 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19140 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19141 Start newsticker plainview.
19143 \(fn)" t nil)
19145 ;;;***
19147 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19148 ;;;;;; (20434 28080 0 0))
19149 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19151 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19152 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19154 \(fn)" t nil)
19156 ;;;***
19158 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19159 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20428 57510 0 0))
19160 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19162 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19163 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19164 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19165 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19166 empty.
19168 \(fn)" nil nil)
19170 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19171 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19172 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19173 running already.
19175 \(fn)" t nil)
19177 ;;;***
19179 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19180 ;;;;;; (20592 26321 0 0))
19181 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19183 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19184 Start newsticker treeview.
19186 \(fn)" t nil)
19188 ;;;***
19190 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19191 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
19192 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19194 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19195 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19197 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19199 ;;;***
19201 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20244
19202 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
19203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19205 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19206 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19207 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19208 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19209 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19210 symbol in the alist.
19212 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19214 ;;;***
19216 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19217 ;;;;;; (20460 33749 0 0))
19218 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19220 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19221 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19222 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19224 \(fn)" t nil)
19226 ;;;***
19228 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19229 ;;;;;; (20460 33749 0 0))
19230 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19232 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19233 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19235 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19237 ;;;***
19239 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19240 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
19241 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19243 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19245 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19246 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19247 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19249 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19252 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19254 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19255 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19256 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19257 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19258 to future sessions.
19260 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19262 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19263 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19264 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19265 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19266 future sessions.
19268 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19270 ;;;***
19272 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19273 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
19274 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19276 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19277 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19278 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19279 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19280 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19281 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19283 \(fn)" t nil)
19285 ;;;***
19287 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19288 ;;;;;; (20523 63054 0 0))
19289 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19291 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19292 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19293 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19294 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19296 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19298 ;;;***
19300 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20511
19301 ;;;;;; 52965 0 0))
19302 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19304 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19305 Major mode for editing XML.
19307 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19308 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19309 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19310 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19311 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19312 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19313 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19315 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19317 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19318 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19320 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19321 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19322 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19323 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19324 instead of C-c.
19326 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19327 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19328 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19329 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19330 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19331 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19333 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19334 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19335 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19337 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19338 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19339 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19341 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19342 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19343 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19344 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19345 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19346 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19347 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19348 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19349 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19351 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19353 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19354 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19356 \(fn)" t nil)
19358 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19360 ;;;***
19362 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19363 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
19364 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19366 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19367 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19368 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19369 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19371 \(fn)" t nil)
19373 ;;;***
19375 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
19376 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
19377 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
19378 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
19379 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-executables org-babel-map-call-lines org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks
19380 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-src-blocks org-babel-open-src-block-result
19381 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code org-babel-switch-to-session
19382 ;;;;;; org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-insert-header-arg
19383 ;;;;;; org-babel-check-src-block org-babel-expand-src-block org-babel-execute-src-block
19384 ;;;;;; org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe org-babel-load-in-session-maybe
19385 ;;;;;; org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe org-babel-view-src-block-info
19386 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
19387 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (20585 55103 0 0))
19388 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
19390 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
19393 \(fn)" nil nil)
19395 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
19398 \(fn)" t nil)
19400 (autoload 'org-babel-view-src-block-info "ob" "\
19401 Display information on the current source block.
19402 This includes header arguments, language and name, and is largely
19403 a window into the `org-babel-get-src-block-info' function.
19405 \(fn)" t nil)
19407 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
19408 Conditionally expand a source block.
19409 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19410 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
19412 \(fn)" t nil)
19414 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
19415 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
19416 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19417 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
19419 \(fn)" t nil)
19421 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
19422 Conditionally pop to a session.
19423 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19424 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
19426 \(fn)" t nil)
19428 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
19429 Execute the current source code block.
19430 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
19431 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
19432 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
19434 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if an existing
19435 result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been returned.
19437 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
19438 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
19440 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
19441 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
19442 block.
19444 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19446 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
19447 Expand the current source code block.
19448 Expand according to the source code block's header
19449 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
19451 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19453 (autoload 'org-babel-check-src-block "ob" "\
19454 Check for misspelled header arguments in the current code block.
19456 \(fn)" t nil)
19458 (autoload 'org-babel-insert-header-arg "ob" "\
19459 Insert a header argument selecting from lists of common args and values.
19461 \(fn)" t nil)
19463 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
19464 Load the body of the current source-code block.
19465 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
19466 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
19467 session.
19469 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19471 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
19472 Initiate session for current code block.
19473 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
19474 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
19475 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
19477 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19479 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
19480 Switch to the session of the current code block.
19481 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
19482 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
19483 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
19485 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19487 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
19488 Switch to code buffer and display session.
19490 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19492 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19493 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19494 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19495 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19496 results already exist.
19498 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19500 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19501 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19502 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19503 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19504 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19506 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19507 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19508 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19509 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19510 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19511 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19512 switches --------- string holding the switches
19513 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19514 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19515 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19516 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19517 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19518 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19519 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19520 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19522 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil t)
19524 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19526 (autoload 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks "ob" "\
19527 Evaluate BODY forms on each inline source-block in FILE.
19528 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19529 buffer.
19531 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil t)
19533 (put 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19535 (autoload 'org-babel-map-call-lines "ob" "\
19536 Evaluate BODY forms on each call line in FILE.
19537 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19538 buffer.
19540 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil t)
19542 (put 'org-babel-map-call-lines 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19544 (autoload 'org-babel-map-executables "ob" "\
19547 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil t)
19549 (put 'org-babel-map-executables 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19551 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19552 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19553 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19554 the current buffer.
19556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19558 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19559 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19560 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19561 the current subtree.
19563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19565 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19566 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19568 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19570 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
19571 Toggle visibility of result at point.
19573 \(fn)" t nil)
19575 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19576 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19578 \(fn)" t nil)
19580 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19581 Go to a named source-code block.
19583 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19585 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19586 Go to a named result.
19588 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19590 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19591 Jump to the next source block.
19592 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19596 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19597 Jump to the previous source block.
19598 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19602 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19603 Mark current src block.
19605 \(fn)" t nil)
19607 ;;;***
19609 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19610 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
19611 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19613 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19614 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19616 \(fn)" t nil)
19618 ;;;***
19620 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19621 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (20585 55103
19622 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19623 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19625 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19626 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19627 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19629 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19631 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19632 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19633 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19634 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19636 \(fn)" t nil)
19638 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19639 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19641 \(fn)" nil nil)
19643 ;;;***
19645 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19646 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19647 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
19648 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19650 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19651 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19652 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19653 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19654 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19655 then the name of the language is used.")
19657 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19659 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19660 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19661 This function exports the source code using
19662 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19663 `load-file'.
19665 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
19667 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19668 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19669 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19670 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19671 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19672 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19674 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19676 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19677 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19678 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19679 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19680 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19681 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19682 exported source code blocks by language.
19684 \(fn &optional ONLY-THIS-BLOCK TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19686 ;;;***
19688 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19689 ;;;;;; (20356 35090 0 0))
19690 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19692 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19693 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19694 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19696 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19698 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19699 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19701 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19702 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19703 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19707 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19709 ;;;***
19711 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19712 ;;;;;; (20567 31133 0 0))
19713 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19715 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19716 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19718 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19719 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19720 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19721 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19723 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19724 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19725 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19726 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19727 is why you need this mode!).
19729 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19730 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19731 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19733 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19735 Keybindings
19736 ===========
19738 \\{octave-mode-map}
19740 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19741 ==============================================
19743 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19744 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19745 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19747 `octave-block-offset'
19748 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19749 Default is 2.
19751 `octave-continuation-offset'
19752 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19753 Default is 4.
19755 `octave-continuation-string'
19756 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19757 Default is a backslash.
19759 `octave-send-echo-input'
19760 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19761 command to the inferior Octave process.
19763 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19764 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19765 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19767 `octave-send-echo-input'
19768 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19770 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19772 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19773 following lines to your init file:
19775 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19777 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19778 add the following lines to your init file as well:
19780 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19781 (lambda ()
19782 (abbrev-mode 1)
19783 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19785 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19786 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19787 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19788 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19790 \(fn)" t nil)
19792 ;;;***
19794 ;;;### (autoloads (org-unindent-buffer org-transpose-element org-narrow-to-element
19795 ;;;;;; org-mark-element org-drag-element-forward org-drag-element-backward
19796 ;;;;;; org-up-element org-backward-element org-forward-element org-customize
19797 ;;;;;; org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules org-submit-bug-report
19798 ;;;;;; org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb org-map-entries org-update-all-dblocks
19799 ;;;;;; org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global
19800 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++
19801 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-mode
19802 ;;;;;; org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19803 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
19804 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19806 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19807 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19809 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19811 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19812 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19813 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19814 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19815 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19817 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19819 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19820 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19821 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19823 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19824 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19825 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19826 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19827 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19828 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19829 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19830 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19831 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19832 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19834 The following commands are available:
19836 \\{org-mode-map}
19838 \(fn)" t nil)
19840 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19842 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19843 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19844 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19845 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19849 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19850 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19851 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19852 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19853 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19854 defined by Org-mode).
19856 M-up Move entry/item up
19857 M-down Move entry/item down
19858 M-left Promote
19859 M-right Demote
19860 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19861 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19862 M-S-left Promote subtree
19863 M-S-right Demote subtree
19864 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19865 C-c ^ Sort entries
19866 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19867 TAB Cycle item visibility
19868 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19869 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19870 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19874 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19875 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19877 \(fn)" nil nil)
19879 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19880 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19882 \(fn)" nil nil)
19884 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19885 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19886 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19887 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19888 call CMD.
19890 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19892 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19893 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19894 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19895 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19897 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19898 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19899 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19901 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19903 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19904 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19905 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19907 \(fn)" t nil)
19909 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19910 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19911 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19912 Org-mode syntax.
19914 \(fn)" t nil)
19916 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19917 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19919 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19921 (autoload 'org-update-all-dblocks "org" "\
19922 Update all dynamic blocks in the buffer.
19923 This function can be used in a hook.
19925 \(fn)" t nil)
19927 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19928 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19930 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19931 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19932 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19933 returned as a list.
19935 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19936 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19937 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19938 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19939 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19940 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19941 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19942 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19943 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19944 position.
19946 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19947 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19948 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19949 visited by the iteration.
19951 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19953 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19954 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19955 region The entries within the active region, if any
19956 region-start-level
19957 The entries within the active region, but only those at
19958 the same level than the first one.
19959 file The current buffer, without restriction
19960 file-with-archives
19961 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19962 agenda All agenda files
19963 agenda-with-archives
19964 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19965 \(file1 file2 ...)
19966 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19968 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19969 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19971 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19972 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19973 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19974 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19975 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19976 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19977 function leaves it.
19979 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19980 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19981 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19982 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19983 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19984 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19985 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19986 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19988 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19990 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19991 Switch between Org buffers.
19992 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19993 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19995 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19996 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20000 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
20002 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
20004 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
20005 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
20006 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
20007 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
20009 \(fn)" t nil)
20011 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
20012 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
20014 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
20016 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
20017 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
20018 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
20020 \(fn)" t nil)
20022 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
20025 \(fn)" t nil)
20027 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
20028 Reload all org lisp files.
20029 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
20031 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
20033 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
20034 Call the customize function with org as argument.
20036 \(fn)" t nil)
20038 (autoload 'org-forward-element "org" "\
20039 Move forward by one element.
20040 Move to the next element at the same level, when possible.
20042 \(fn)" t nil)
20044 (autoload 'org-backward-element "org" "\
20045 Move backward by one element.
20046 Move to the previous element at the same level, when possible.
20048 \(fn)" t nil)
20050 (autoload 'org-up-element "org" "\
20051 Move to upper element.
20053 \(fn)" t nil)
20055 (defvar org-element-greater-elements)
20057 (autoload 'org-drag-element-backward "org" "\
20058 Move backward element at point.
20060 \(fn)" t nil)
20062 (autoload 'org-drag-element-forward "org" "\
20063 Move forward element at point.
20065 \(fn)" t nil)
20067 (autoload 'org-mark-element "org" "\
20068 Put point at beginning of this element, mark at end.
20070 Interactively, if this command is repeated or (in Transient Mark
20071 mode) if the mark is active, it marks the next element after the
20072 ones already marked.
20074 \(fn)" t nil)
20076 (autoload 'org-narrow-to-element "org" "\
20077 Narrow buffer to current element.
20079 \(fn)" t nil)
20081 (autoload 'org-transpose-element "org" "\
20082 Transpose current and previous elements, keeping blank lines between.
20083 Point is moved after both elements.
20085 \(fn)" t nil)
20087 (autoload 'org-unindent-buffer "org" "\
20088 Un-indent the visible part of the buffer.
20089 Relative indentation (between items, inside blocks, etc.) isn't
20090 modified.
20092 \(fn)" t nil)
20094 ;;;***
20096 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
20097 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
20098 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
20099 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
20100 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-toggle-sticky-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el"
20101 ;;;;;; (20592 26321 0 0))
20102 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20104 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20105 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
20107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20109 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20110 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20111 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20112 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20114 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20115 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20116 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20117 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20118 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20119 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20120 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20121 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20122 e Export views to associated files.
20123 s Search entries for keywords.
20124 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
20125 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20126 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20127 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20128 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20129 > Remove a previous restriction.
20130 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20131 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20132 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20134 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20135 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20136 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20138 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20139 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20140 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20141 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20142 \(if active).
20144 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20146 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20147 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20148 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20149 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20150 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20151 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20152 before running the agenda command.
20154 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20156 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20157 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20158 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20159 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20160 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20161 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20162 before running the agenda command.
20164 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20165 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20167 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20169 category The category of the item
20170 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20171 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20172 todo selected in TODO match
20173 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20174 diary imported from diary
20175 deadline a deadline on given date
20176 scheduled scheduled on given date
20177 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20178 closed entry was closed on given date
20179 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20180 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20181 block entry has date block including g. date
20182 todo The todo keyword, if any
20183 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20184 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20185 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20186 extra Sting with extra planning info
20187 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20188 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20189 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20191 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20193 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20196 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20198 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20199 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20201 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20203 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20204 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20205 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20206 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20208 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20209 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20210 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20212 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20213 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20215 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
20217 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20218 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20220 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20221 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20222 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20223 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20224 EDIT-AT.
20226 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20227 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20228 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20229 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20230 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20231 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20233 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20234 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20235 including newlines.
20237 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20238 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20239 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20240 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20241 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20242 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20243 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20245 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20246 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20247 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20248 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20250 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20251 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20252 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20253 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20254 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20255 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20256 Boolean search must match as full words.
20258 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20259 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20261 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20263 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20264 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20265 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20266 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20267 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20268 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20272 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20273 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20274 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20276 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20278 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20279 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20280 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20281 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20282 `org-stuck-projects'.
20284 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20286 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20287 Return diary information from org files.
20288 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20289 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20290 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20291 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20292 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20294 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20296 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20298 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20299 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20301 &%%(org-diary)
20303 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20304 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20305 So the example above may also be written as
20307 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20309 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20310 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20311 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20313 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20315 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20316 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20318 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20320 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20321 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20322 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20324 \(fn)" t nil)
20326 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20327 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20328 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20329 appointments.
20331 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20332 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20334 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20335 for filtering entries out.
20337 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20338 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20339 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20341 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20342 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20344 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20345 (category \"Work\"))
20347 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20348 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20350 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20351 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
20352 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20353 details and examples.
20355 If an entry as a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20356 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20358 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20360 ;;;***
20362 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
20363 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
20364 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
20365 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
20367 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
20368 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20369 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20371 \(fn)" t nil)
20373 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
20374 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20375 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20377 \(fn)" t nil)
20379 ;;;***
20381 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
20382 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
20383 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
20384 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (20585
20385 ;;;;;; 55103 0 0))
20386 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
20388 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
20389 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
20391 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20393 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20394 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
20396 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20398 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
20399 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use encoding for special symbols.
20401 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20403 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20404 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
20406 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20408 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20409 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
20410 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
20412 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20414 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20415 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
20416 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20417 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
20418 command to convert it.
20420 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20422 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20423 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
20424 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20425 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20426 cut-and-paste operations.
20427 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20428 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20429 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20430 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20432 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
20434 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20435 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20437 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20439 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20440 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20441 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20442 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20443 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20444 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
20445 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20446 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20447 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20448 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20449 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20450 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20451 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20452 publishing directory.
20454 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20456 ;;;***
20458 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (20585
20459 ;;;;;; 55103 0 0))
20460 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20462 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20463 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20464 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20466 \(fn)" t nil)
20468 ;;;***
20470 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20471 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
20472 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20474 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20475 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20477 \(fn)" nil nil)
20479 ;;;***
20481 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
20482 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20585 55103
20483 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20484 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20486 (defvar org-capture-initial nil)
20488 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20489 Capture something.
20490 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20491 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20492 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20493 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20494 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20495 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20497 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20498 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20499 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20500 stored.
20502 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20504 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20505 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20506 will be bypassed.
20508 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20509 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20511 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20513 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
20516 \(fn)" nil nil)
20518 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20519 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20521 \(fn)" t nil)
20523 ;;;***
20525 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable
20526 ;;;;;; org-clock-in-last) "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (20585
20527 ;;;;;; 55103 0 0))
20528 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20530 (autoload 'org-clock-in-last "org-clock" "\
20531 Clock in the last closed clocked item.
20532 When already clocking in, send an warning.
20533 With a universal prefix argument, select the task you want to
20534 clock in from the last clocked in tasks.
20535 With two universal prefix arguments, start clocking using the
20536 last clock-out time, if any.
20537 With three universal prefix arguments, interactively prompt
20538 for a todo state to switch to, overriding the existing value
20539 `org-clock-in-switch-to-state'.
20541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20543 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20544 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20545 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20546 fontified, and then returned.
20548 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20550 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20551 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
20553 \(fn)" nil nil)
20555 ;;;***
20557 ;;;### (autoloads (org-check-version) "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el"
20558 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
20559 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20561 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20562 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20564 \(fn)" nil t)
20566 ;;;***
20568 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
20569 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (20585 55103 0 0))
20570 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
20572 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
20573 Find or create an entry for DATE.
20574 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
20575 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
20576 tree can be found.
20578 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
20580 ;;;***
20582 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
20583 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
20584 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
20585 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (20585 55103 0 0))
20586 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
20588 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
20589 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
20590 This function can be used in batch processing.
20592 For example:
20594 $ emacs --batch
20595 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20596 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
20598 \(fn)" nil nil)
20600 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
20601 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
20602 No file is created.
20604 \(fn)" t nil)
20606 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20607 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
20608 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20609 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20610 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
20611 then use this command to convert it.
20613 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20615 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20616 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
20617 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
20618 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20619 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
20620 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
20621 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
20622 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
20623 could call this function in the following way:
20625 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
20627 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20628 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20630 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20632 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
20633 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
20635 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20637 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
20638 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20640 \(fn)" t nil)
20642 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20643 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20644 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20645 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20646 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20647 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20648 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20649 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20650 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20651 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20652 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20653 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20654 publishing directory.
20656 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20658 ;;;***
20660 ;;;### (autoloads (org-element-context org-element-at-point org-element-interpret-data)
20661 ;;;;;; "org-element" "org/org-element.el" (20592 26321 0 0))
20662 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-element.el
20664 (autoload 'org-element-interpret-data "org-element" "\
20665 Interpret DATA as Org syntax.
20667 DATA is a parse tree, an element, an object or a secondary string
20668 to interpret.
20670 Optional argument PARENT is used for recursive calls. It contains
20671 the element or object containing data, or nil.
20673 Return Org syntax as a string.
20675 \(fn DATA &optional PARENT)" nil nil)
20677 (autoload 'org-element-at-point "org-element" "\
20678 Determine closest element around point.
20680 Return value is a list like (TYPE PROPS) where TYPE is the type
20681 of the element and PROPS a plist of properties associated to the
20682 element.
20684 Possible types are defined in `org-element-all-elements'.
20685 Properties depend on element or object type, but always
20686 include :begin, :end, :parent and :post-blank properties.
20688 As a special case, if point is at the very beginning of a list or
20689 sub-list, returned element will be that list instead of the first
20690 item. In the same way, if point is at the beginning of the first
20691 row of a table, returned element will be the table instead of the
20692 first row.
20694 If optional argument KEEP-TRAIL is non-nil, the function returns
20695 a list of of elements leading to element at point. The list's
20696 CAR is always the element at point. Following positions contain
20697 element's siblings, then parents, siblings of parents, until the
20698 first element of current section.
20700 \(fn &optional KEEP-TRAIL)" nil nil)
20702 (autoload 'org-element-context "org-element" "\
20703 Return closest element or object around point.
20705 Return value is a list like (TYPE PROPS) where TYPE is the type
20706 of the element or object and PROPS a plist of properties
20707 associated to it.
20709 Possible types are defined in `org-element-all-elements' and
20710 `org-element-all-objects'. Properties depend on element or
20711 object type, but always include :begin, :end, :parent
20712 and :post-blank properties.
20714 \(fn)" nil nil)
20716 ;;;***
20718 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20719 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20720 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
20721 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20723 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20724 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20725 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20726 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20727 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20729 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20730 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20731 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20733 If `org-export-initial-scope' is set to 'subtree, try to export
20734 the current subtree, otherwise try to export the whole buffer.
20735 Pressing `1' will switch between these two options.
20737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20739 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20740 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20741 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20742 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20743 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20744 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20745 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20746 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20747 command.
20749 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20751 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20752 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20753 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20754 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20755 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20757 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20758 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20759 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20760 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20762 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20763 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20764 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20766 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20767 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20768 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20769 directory.
20771 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20773 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20774 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20776 \(fn)" t nil)
20778 ;;;***
20780 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20781 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (20585
20782 ;;;;;; 55103 0 0))
20783 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20785 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20786 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20788 \(fn)" t nil)
20790 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20791 Get inbox items from FEED.
20792 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20793 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20795 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20797 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20798 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20800 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20802 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20803 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20805 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20807 ;;;***
20809 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20810 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (20585 55103 0 0))
20811 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20813 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20814 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20816 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition.
20818 When at a definition, jump to the references if they exist, offer
20819 to create them otherwise.
20821 When neither at definition or reference, create a new footnote,
20822 interactively.
20824 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20826 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20828 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20829 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20831 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20832 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20833 Org-mode exporters.
20835 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20836 referenced sequence.
20838 If Org is amidst an export process, EXPORT-PROPS will hold the
20839 export properties of the buffer.
20841 When EXPORT-PROPS is non-nil, the default action is to insert
20842 normalized footnotes towards the end of the pre-processing
20843 buffer. Some exporters (docbook, odt...) expect footnote
20844 definitions to be available before any references to them. Such
20845 exporters can let bind `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor'
20846 to symbol `point-min' to achieve the desired behaviour.
20848 Additional note on `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor':
20849 1. This variable has not effect when FOR-PREPROCESSOR is nil.
20850 2. This variable (potentially) obviates the need for extra scan
20851 of pre-processor buffer as witnessed in
20852 `org-export-docbook-get-footnotes'.
20854 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY EXPORT-PROPS)" nil nil)
20856 ;;;***
20858 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20859 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20860 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20861 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (20585 55103 0 0))
20862 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20864 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20865 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20866 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20867 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20868 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20869 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20870 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20871 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20872 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20873 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20874 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20875 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20876 directory.
20878 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20880 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20882 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20883 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20885 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20887 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20888 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20889 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20891 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20893 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20894 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20895 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20896 have them in `org-mode'.
20898 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20899 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20900 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20901 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20902 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20903 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20905 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20907 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20908 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20910 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20912 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20913 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20915 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20917 ;;;***
20919 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20920 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20921 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20922 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (20585 55103 0 0))
20923 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20925 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20927 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20929 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20931 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20932 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20933 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20934 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20935 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20937 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20939 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20940 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20941 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20942 emacs --batch
20943 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20944 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20945 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20947 \(fn)" nil nil)
20949 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20950 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20951 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20953 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20955 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20956 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20957 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20958 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20959 command to convert it.
20961 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20963 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20964 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20965 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20966 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20967 cut-and-paste operations.
20968 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20969 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20970 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20971 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20973 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20975 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20976 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20978 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20980 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20981 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20982 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20983 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20984 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20985 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20986 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20987 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20988 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20989 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20990 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20991 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20992 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20993 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20994 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20996 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20998 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20999 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
21000 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
21001 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
21002 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
21003 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
21004 need into your CSS file.
21006 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
21007 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
21008 that uses these same face definitions.
21010 \(fn)" t nil)
21012 ;;;***
21014 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
21015 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
21016 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
21017 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
21019 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
21020 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
21021 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
21022 file, but with extension `.ics'.
21024 \(fn)" t nil)
21026 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
21027 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
21028 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
21029 file, but with extension `.ics'.
21031 \(fn)" t nil)
21033 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
21034 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
21035 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
21037 \(fn)" t nil)
21039 ;;;***
21041 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
21042 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
21043 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
21044 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
21045 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
21047 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
21048 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
21049 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
21050 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
21052 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21054 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
21055 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
21056 Create an ID if necessary.
21058 \(fn)" t nil)
21060 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
21061 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
21062 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
21063 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
21064 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
21065 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
21066 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
21068 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
21070 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
21071 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
21072 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
21073 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
21074 eligible.
21075 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
21077 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
21079 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
21080 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
21081 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
21082 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
21084 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
21086 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
21087 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
21088 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
21090 \(fn ID)" t nil)
21092 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
21093 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
21094 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
21095 if there is no entry with that ID.
21096 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
21098 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
21100 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
21101 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
21103 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
21105 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
21106 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
21108 \(fn)" t nil)
21110 ;;;***
21112 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
21113 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
21114 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
21116 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
21117 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
21119 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' and `wrap-prefix'
21120 properties, after each buffer modification, on the modified zone.
21122 The process is synchronous. Though, initial indentation of
21123 buffer, which can take a few seconds on large buffers, is done
21124 during idle time.
21126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21128 ;;;***
21130 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
21131 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
21132 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
21134 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
21135 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
21137 \(fn)" nil nil)
21139 ;;;***
21141 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
21142 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
21143 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
21144 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
21145 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
21147 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
21148 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
21149 For example:
21151 emacs --batch
21152 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21153 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21154 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
21156 \(fn)" nil nil)
21158 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
21159 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
21160 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
21162 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21164 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
21165 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
21166 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
21167 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
21168 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
21169 then use this command to convert it.
21171 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21173 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
21174 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
21175 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21176 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21177 cut-and-paste operations.
21178 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21179 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21180 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
21181 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21183 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
21185 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21186 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21188 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
21190 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
21191 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
21192 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21193 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21194 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
21195 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
21196 convert them as description lists.
21197 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21198 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
21199 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
21200 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
21201 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
21202 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
21203 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
21204 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
21205 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
21206 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
21207 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21209 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21211 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
21212 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
21214 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21216 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
21217 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
21219 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21221 ;;;***
21223 ;;;### (autoloads (org-lparse-region org-replace-region-by org-lparse-to-buffer
21224 ;;;;;; org-lparse-batch org-lparse-and-open) "org-lparse" "org/org-lparse.el"
21225 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
21226 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-lparse.el
21228 (autoload 'org-lparse-and-open "org-lparse" "\
21229 Export outline to TARGET-BACKEND via NATIVE-BACKEND and open exported file.
21230 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21231 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21232 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
21233 lists.
21235 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND NATIVE-BACKEND ARG &optional FILE-OR-BUF)" nil nil)
21237 (autoload 'org-lparse-batch "org-lparse" "\
21238 Call the function `org-lparse'.
21239 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21240 emacs --batch
21241 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21242 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21243 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-lparse-batch
21245 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND &optional NATIVE-BACKEND)" nil nil)
21247 (autoload 'org-lparse-to-buffer "org-lparse" "\
21248 Call `org-lparse' with output to a temporary buffer.
21249 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to
21250 `org-lparse'.
21252 \(fn BACKEND ARG)" nil nil)
21254 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by "org-lparse" "\
21255 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
21256 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
21257 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use
21258 this command to convert it.
21260 \(fn BACKEND BEG END)" nil nil)
21262 (autoload 'org-lparse-region "org-lparse" "\
21263 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
21264 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21265 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21266 cut-and-paste operations.
21267 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21268 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21269 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
21270 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21272 (setq html (org-lparse-region \"html\" beg end t 'string))
21274 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21275 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21277 \(fn BACKEND BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" nil nil)
21279 ;;;***
21281 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
21282 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (20585
21283 ;;;;;; 55103 0 0))
21284 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
21286 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
21287 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
21288 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
21289 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
21291 \(fn)" t nil)
21293 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
21294 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
21295 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
21296 agenda view showing the flagged items.
21298 \(fn)" t nil)
21300 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
21301 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
21303 \(fn)" t nil)
21305 ;;;***
21307 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-odf-and-open org-export-as-odf org-export-odt-convert
21308 ;;;;;; org-export-as-odt org-export-as-odt-batch org-export-as-odt-and-open)
21309 ;;;;;; "org-odt" "org/org-odt.el" (20585 55103 0 0))
21310 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-odt.el
21312 (put 'org-export-odt-preferred-output-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21314 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-and-open "org-odt" "\
21315 Export the outline as ODT and immediately open it with a browser.
21316 If there is an active region, export only the region.
21317 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21318 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
21320 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21322 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-batch "org-odt" "\
21323 Call the function `org-lparse-batch'.
21324 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21325 emacs --batch
21326 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21327 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21328 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-odt-batch
21330 \(fn)" nil nil)
21332 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt "org-odt" "\
21333 Export the outline as a OpenDocumentText file.
21334 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21335 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21336 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
21337 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21338 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
21339 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
21340 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
21341 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
21342 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
21343 resulting XML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
21344 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
21345 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
21346 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21348 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21350 (autoload 'org-export-odt-convert "org-odt" "\
21351 Convert IN-FILE to format OUT-FMT using a command line converter.
21352 IN-FILE is the file to be converted. If unspecified, it defaults
21353 to variable `buffer-file-name'. OUT-FMT is the desired output
21354 format. Use `org-export-odt-convert-process' as the converter.
21355 If PREFIX-ARG is non-nil then the newly converted file is opened
21356 using `org-open-file'.
21358 \(fn &optional IN-FILE OUT-FMT PREFIX-ARG)" t nil)
21360 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf "org-odt" "\
21361 Export LATEX-FRAG as OpenDocument formula file ODF-FILE.
21362 Use `org-create-math-formula' to convert LATEX-FRAG first to
21363 MathML. When invoked as an interactive command, use
21364 `org-latex-regexps' to infer LATEX-FRAG from currently active
21365 region. If no LaTeX fragments are found, prompt for it. Push
21366 MathML source to kill ring, if `org-export-copy-to-kill-ring' is
21367 non-nil.
21369 \(fn LATEX-FRAG &optional ODF-FILE)" t nil)
21371 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf-and-open "org-odt" "\
21372 Export LaTeX fragment as OpenDocument formula and immediately open it.
21373 Use `org-export-as-odf' to read LaTeX fragment and OpenDocument
21374 formula file.
21376 \(fn)" t nil)
21378 ;;;***
21380 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
21381 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
21382 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
21384 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
21385 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
21386 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
21387 line directly before or after the table.
21389 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
21391 ;;;***
21393 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
21394 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
21395 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
21396 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
21398 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
21400 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
21401 Publish PROJECT.
21403 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21405 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
21406 Publish all projects.
21407 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
21408 directory and force publishing all files.
21410 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21412 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
21413 Publish the current file.
21414 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
21416 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21418 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
21419 Publish the project associated with the current file.
21420 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
21421 the project.
21423 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21425 ;;;***
21427 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
21428 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
21429 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (20592 26321 0 0))
21430 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
21432 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
21433 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
21435 \(fn)" nil nil)
21437 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
21438 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
21439 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
21440 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
21441 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
21443 \(fn)" nil nil)
21445 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
21446 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
21447 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
21448 to be run from that hook to function properly.
21450 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
21452 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
21453 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
21454 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
21455 of the remember buffer.
21457 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
21458 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
21459 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
21460 note stored by remember.
21462 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
21463 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
21465 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
21467 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
21468 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
21469 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
21470 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
21471 `org-remember-default-headline'.
21472 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
21473 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
21474 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
21475 process is used to select the target location.
21477 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21478 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
21480 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21481 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
21482 currently running.
21484 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
21485 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
21486 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
21487 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
21489 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
21490 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
21491 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
21492 some additional data.
21494 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
21495 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
21496 \(i.e. after the stars).
21498 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
21500 \(fn)" nil nil)
21502 ;;;***
21504 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-table-iterate-buffer-tables
21505 ;;;;;; org-table-recalculate-buffer-tables) "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
21506 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
21507 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
21509 (autoload 'org-table-recalculate-buffer-tables "org-table" "\
21510 Recalculate all tables in the current buffer.
21512 \(fn)" t nil)
21514 (autoload 'org-table-iterate-buffer-tables "org-table" "\
21515 Iterate all tables in the buffer, to converge inter-table dependencies.
21517 \(fn)" t nil)
21519 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
21520 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
21522 \(fn)" nil nil)
21524 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
21525 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
21527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21529 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
21530 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
21531 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
21532 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
21533 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
21535 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
21537 ;;;***
21539 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
21540 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (20585 55103 0
21541 ;;;;;; 0))
21542 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
21544 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
21545 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
21546 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
21547 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
21548 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
21549 the project properties such as project name and project period.
21550 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
21551 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
21552 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
21553 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
21554 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
21555 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
21557 \(fn)" t nil)
21559 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
21560 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
21561 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
21563 \(fn)" t nil)
21565 ;;;***
21567 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
21568 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-stop org-timer-pause-or-continue org-timer-start)
21569 ;;;;;; "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el" (20585 55103 0 0))
21570 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
21572 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
21573 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
21574 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
21575 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
21576 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
21577 without user interaction.
21578 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
21579 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
21580 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
21581 the region 0:00:00.
21583 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
21585 (autoload 'org-timer-pause-or-continue "org-timer" "\
21586 Pause or continue the relative timer.
21587 With prefix arg STOP, stop it entirely.
21589 \(fn &optional STOP)" t nil)
21591 (autoload 'org-timer-stop "org-timer" "\
21592 Stop the relative timer.
21594 \(fn)" t nil)
21596 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
21597 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
21598 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
21599 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
21600 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
21601 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
21602 that was not started at the correct moment.
21604 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
21605 it in the buffer.
21607 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
21609 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
21610 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
21612 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
21614 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
21615 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
21617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21619 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
21620 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
21622 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
21623 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
21624 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
21626 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
21627 the duration of the timer.
21629 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21630 without prompting the user for a duration.
21632 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21633 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
21634 replace any running timer.
21636 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
21638 ;;;***
21640 ;;;### (autoloads (org-git-version org-release) "org-version" "org/org-version.el"
21641 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
21642 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
21644 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
21645 The release version of org-mode.
21646 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
21648 \(fn)" nil nil)
21650 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
21651 The Git version of org-mode.
21652 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
21654 \(fn)" nil nil)
21656 (defconst org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
21657 The location of ODT styles.")
21659 ;;;***
21661 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
21662 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
21663 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
21665 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
21666 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
21667 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
21669 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21671 ;;;***
21673 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
21674 ;;;;;; (20356 35090 0 0))
21675 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
21676 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21677 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21679 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
21680 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
21681 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
21682 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
21684 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
21685 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
21686 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
21687 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
21689 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
21690 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
21691 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
21692 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
21693 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
21694 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
21696 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
21697 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
21698 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
21700 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
21701 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
21702 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
21703 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
21704 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
21705 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
21706 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
21707 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
21708 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
21709 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
21710 The subheadings remain visible.
21711 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
21713 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
21714 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
21715 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
21717 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
21718 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
21720 \(fn)" t nil)
21722 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
21723 Toggle Outline minor mode.
21724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
21725 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21726 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21728 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
21730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21731 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
21733 ;;;***
21735 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
21736 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
21737 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
21738 ;;;;;; (20577 48876 0 0))
21739 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
21741 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
21742 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
21743 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
21744 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
21745 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
21747 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
21748 activate the package system at any time.")
21750 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
21752 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
21753 Install the package named NAME.
21754 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
21755 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
21757 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
21759 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
21760 Install a package from the current buffer.
21761 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
21762 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
21763 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
21765 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
21766 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
21767 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
21769 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
21771 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
21772 Install a package from a file.
21773 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
21775 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
21777 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
21778 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
21779 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
21780 makes them available for download.
21782 \(fn)" t nil)
21784 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
21785 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
21786 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
21787 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
21789 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
21791 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
21792 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
21794 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
21796 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
21797 Display a list of packages.
21798 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
21799 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
21800 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
21802 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
21804 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
21806 ;;;***
21808 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20544 52783
21809 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21810 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
21812 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
21813 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
21814 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21815 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21816 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21817 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
21819 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
21821 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
21822 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
21823 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
21824 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21825 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21827 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
21828 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
21829 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
21831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21833 ;;;***
21835 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
21836 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
21837 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
21838 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
21840 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
21841 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
21842 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
21843 unknown are returned as nil.
21845 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21847 ;;;***
21849 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20511
21850 ;;;;;; 52965 0 0))
21851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
21853 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
21854 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
21855 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21857 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
21858 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
21860 Other useful functions are:
21862 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
21863 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
21864 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
21865 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
21866 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
21867 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
21868 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
21869 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
21870 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
21872 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
21874 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
21875 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
21876 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
21877 Indentation for case statements.
21878 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
21879 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
21880 mark after an end.
21881 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
21882 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
21883 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
21884 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
21885 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21886 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
21887 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
21888 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
21889 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
21890 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
21892 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
21893 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
21895 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
21896 no args, if that value is non-nil.
21898 \(fn)" t nil)
21900 ;;;***
21902 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
21903 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
21904 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
21906 (defvar password-cache t "\
21907 Whether to cache passwords.")
21909 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
21911 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
21912 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
21913 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
21915 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21917 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21918 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21920 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21922 ;;;***
21924 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21925 ;;;;;; (20581 44007 0 0))
21926 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21928 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21929 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21930 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21932 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21933 _ matches anything.
21934 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
21935 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21936 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21937 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21938 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21939 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21940 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21941 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21942 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21943 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21945 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21946 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21947 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21948 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21949 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21950 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21952 PRED can take the form
21953 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21954 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
21955 which is the value being matched.
21956 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21957 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21958 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21959 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21960 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21962 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
21964 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21966 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21967 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21968 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21969 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21971 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21973 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21975 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21976 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21977 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21978 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21980 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21982 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21984 ;;;***
21986 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20244
21987 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
21988 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21990 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21991 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21993 \(fn)" nil nil)
21995 ;;;***
21997 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21998 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
21999 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
22001 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
22002 Completion for `gzip'.
22004 \(fn)" nil nil)
22006 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
22007 Completion for `bzip2'.
22009 \(fn)" nil nil)
22011 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
22012 Completion for GNU `make'.
22014 \(fn)" nil nil)
22016 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
22017 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
22019 \(fn)" nil nil)
22021 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
22023 ;;;***
22025 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
22026 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
22027 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
22029 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
22030 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
22032 \(fn)" nil nil)
22034 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
22035 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
22037 \(fn)" nil nil)
22039 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
22040 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
22042 \(fn)" nil nil)
22044 ;;;***
22046 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20523
22047 ;;;;;; 63054 0 0))
22048 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
22050 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
22051 Completion for the `rpm' command.
22053 \(fn)" nil nil)
22055 ;;;***
22057 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
22058 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
22059 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20375 3831 0
22060 ;;;;;; 0))
22061 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
22063 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
22064 Completion for `cd'.
22066 \(fn)" nil nil)
22068 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
22070 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
22071 Completion for `rmdir'.
22073 \(fn)" nil nil)
22075 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
22076 Completion for `rm'.
22078 \(fn)" nil nil)
22080 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
22081 Completion for `xargs'.
22083 \(fn)" nil nil)
22085 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
22087 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
22088 Completion for `which'.
22090 \(fn)" nil nil)
22092 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
22093 Completion for the `chown' command.
22095 \(fn)" nil nil)
22097 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
22098 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
22100 \(fn)" nil nil)
22102 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
22103 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
22105 \(fn)" nil nil)
22107 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
22108 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
22109 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
22111 \(fn)" nil nil)
22113 ;;;***
22115 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
22116 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
22117 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20585
22118 ;;;;;; 55103 0 0))
22119 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
22121 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
22122 Support extensible programmable completion.
22123 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
22124 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
22126 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
22128 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
22129 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
22131 \(fn)" t nil)
22133 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
22134 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
22135 This will modify the current buffer.
22137 \(fn)" t nil)
22139 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
22140 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
22142 \(fn)" t nil)
22144 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
22145 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
22146 This will modify the current buffer.
22148 \(fn)" t nil)
22150 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
22151 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
22153 \(fn)" t nil)
22155 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
22156 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
22158 \(fn)" t nil)
22160 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
22161 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
22162 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
22163 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
22164 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
22166 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
22168 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
22169 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
22171 \(fn)" nil nil)
22173 ;;;***
22175 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
22176 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
22177 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20585 55103 0 0))
22178 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
22180 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
22181 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
22182 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
22183 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22185 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
22187 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
22189 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
22190 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
22191 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
22192 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22193 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22194 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22195 FLAGS is ignored.
22197 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
22199 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
22200 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
22201 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
22202 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22203 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
22204 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22205 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22206 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22208 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
22210 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
22211 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
22212 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22213 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
22214 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22215 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22216 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
22217 passed to cvs.
22219 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
22221 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
22222 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
22223 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22224 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
22225 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22226 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22227 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22229 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
22231 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
22232 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
22233 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
22235 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
22237 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
22238 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
22239 A value of nil means never do it.
22240 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
22241 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
22242 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
22244 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
22246 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
22247 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
22248 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
22250 ;;;***
22252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20577 48876
22253 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22254 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
22256 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
22257 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
22259 ;;;***
22261 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
22262 ;;;;;; (20567 31133 0 0))
22263 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
22264 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22265 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22266 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22267 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22268 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22269 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22271 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
22272 Major mode for editing Perl code.
22273 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
22274 Tab indents for Perl code.
22275 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
22276 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
22277 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22278 \\{perl-mode-map}
22279 Variables controlling indentation style:
22280 `perl-tab-always-indent'
22281 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
22282 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
22283 `perl-tab-to-comment'
22284 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
22285 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
22286 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
22287 `perl-nochange'
22288 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
22289 `perl-indent-level'
22290 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
22291 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
22292 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
22293 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
22294 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
22295 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
22296 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
22297 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
22298 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
22299 `perl-brace-offset'
22300 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
22301 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
22302 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
22303 this far to the right of the start of its line.
22304 `perl-label-offset'
22305 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
22306 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
22307 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
22309 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
22310 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
22311 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
22312 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
22313 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
22314 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
22315 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
22317 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
22319 \(fn)" t nil)
22321 ;;;***
22323 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
22324 ;;;;;; (20553 2323 0 0))
22325 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
22327 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
22328 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
22329 \\<picture-mode-map>
22330 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
22331 afterwards settable by these commands:
22333 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
22334 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
22335 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
22336 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
22338 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
22339 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
22340 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
22341 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
22343 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
22344 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
22345 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
22346 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
22348 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
22349 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
22350 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
22351 with these commands:
22353 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
22354 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
22355 Move to column following last
22356 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
22357 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
22358 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
22359 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
22360 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
22361 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
22363 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
22365 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
22366 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
22367 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
22368 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
22369 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
22370 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
22372 You can manipulate text with these commands:
22373 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
22374 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
22375 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
22376 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
22377 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
22378 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
22380 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
22381 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
22382 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
22383 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
22384 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
22385 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
22386 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
22387 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
22389 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
22390 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
22391 by supplying an argument.
22393 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
22395 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
22396 they are not by default assigned to keys.
22398 \(fn)" t nil)
22400 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
22402 ;;;***
22404 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
22405 ;;;;;; (20380 26775 0 0))
22406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
22408 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
22409 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
22411 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22413 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
22414 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
22416 \(fn)" t nil)
22418 ;;;***
22420 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
22421 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
22422 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
22424 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
22425 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
22426 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
22428 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
22430 ;;;***
22432 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
22433 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
22435 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
22436 Play pong and waste time.
22437 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
22438 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
22440 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
22442 \\{pong-mode-map}
22444 \(fn)" t nil)
22446 ;;;***
22448 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20460 33749
22449 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22450 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
22452 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
22453 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
22454 Use streaming commands.
22456 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22458 ;;;***
22460 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
22461 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
22462 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
22463 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
22465 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
22466 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
22467 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
22468 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
22470 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
22472 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
22473 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
22475 \(fn)" nil nil)
22477 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
22478 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
22479 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
22480 can handle, whenever this is possible.
22481 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
22483 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
22485 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
22486 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22487 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
22489 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22491 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
22492 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22494 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22496 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
22497 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
22498 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22499 Ignores leading comment characters.
22501 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22503 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
22504 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
22505 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22506 Ignores leading comment characters.
22508 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22510 ;;;***
22512 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
22513 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
22514 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
22515 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
22516 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
22517 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
22518 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
22519 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
22520 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
22521 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
22522 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
22523 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
22524 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
22525 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
22526 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
22527 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
22528 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
22529 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
22530 ;;;;;; (20567 31133 0 0))
22531 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
22533 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
22534 Activate the printing interface buffer.
22536 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
22538 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
22540 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22542 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
22543 Preview directory using ghostview.
22545 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22546 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22547 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22548 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22550 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22551 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22552 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22553 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22554 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22555 file name.
22557 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22559 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22561 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22562 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
22564 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22565 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22566 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22567 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22569 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22570 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22571 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22572 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22573 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22574 file name.
22576 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22578 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22580 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
22581 Print directory using PostScript printer.
22583 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22584 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22585 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22586 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22588 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22589 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22590 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22591 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22592 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22593 file name.
22595 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22597 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22599 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
22600 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22602 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22604 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22605 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22606 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22607 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22609 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22610 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22611 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22612 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22613 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22614 file name.
22616 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22618 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22620 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
22621 Preview buffer using ghostview.
22623 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22624 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22625 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22627 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22628 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
22629 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
22630 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22632 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22634 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22635 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
22637 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22638 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22639 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22641 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22642 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22643 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22644 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22646 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22648 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
22649 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
22651 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22652 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22653 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22655 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22656 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22657 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22658 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22660 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22662 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
22663 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22665 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22667 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22668 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22669 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22671 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22672 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22673 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22674 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22676 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22678 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
22679 Preview region using ghostview.
22681 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22683 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22685 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22686 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
22688 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22690 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22692 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
22693 Print region using PostScript printer.
22695 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22697 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22699 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
22700 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22702 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22704 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22706 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
22707 Preview major mode using ghostview.
22709 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22711 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22713 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22714 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
22716 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22718 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22720 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
22721 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
22723 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22725 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22727 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
22728 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
22730 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22732 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22734 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
22735 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
22736 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22737 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22739 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22740 matching.
22742 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22743 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22745 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22747 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22749 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
22750 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
22751 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22752 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22754 \(fn)" t nil)
22756 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
22757 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
22758 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22759 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22761 \(fn)" t nil)
22763 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
22764 Print directory using text printer.
22766 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22767 matching.
22769 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22770 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22772 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22774 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22776 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
22777 Print buffer using text printer.
22779 \(fn)" t nil)
22781 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
22782 Print region using text printer.
22784 \(fn)" t nil)
22786 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
22787 Print major mode using text printer.
22789 \(fn)" t nil)
22791 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
22792 Preview spooled PostScript.
22794 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22795 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22796 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22798 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22799 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22800 PostScript image in a file with that name.
22802 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22804 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22805 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
22807 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22808 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22809 instead of sending it to the printer.
22811 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22812 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22813 image in a file with that name.
22815 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22817 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
22818 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22820 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22821 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22822 instead of sending it to the printer.
22824 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22825 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22826 image in a file with that name.
22828 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22830 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
22831 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22833 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22834 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22835 instead of sending it to the printer.
22837 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22838 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22839 image in a file with that name.
22841 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22843 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
22844 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22846 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22848 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
22849 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22851 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22853 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22854 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
22856 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22858 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
22859 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
22861 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22863 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
22864 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22866 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22868 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
22869 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
22871 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
22872 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22873 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
22874 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22876 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22877 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
22878 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
22879 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
22880 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
22881 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
22882 file name.
22884 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22886 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
22887 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22889 \(fn)" t nil)
22891 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22892 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22894 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22895 right.
22896 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22897 bottom.
22899 \(fn)" t nil)
22901 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22902 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22904 \(fn)" t nil)
22906 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22907 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22909 \(fn)" t nil)
22911 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22912 Toggle printing with faces.
22914 \(fn)" t nil)
22916 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22917 Toggle spooling.
22919 \(fn)" t nil)
22921 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22922 Toggle duplex.
22924 \(fn)" t nil)
22926 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22927 Toggle tumble.
22929 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22930 right.
22931 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22932 bottom.
22934 \(fn)" t nil)
22936 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22937 Toggle landscape.
22939 \(fn)" t nil)
22941 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22942 Toggle upside-down.
22944 \(fn)" t nil)
22946 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22947 Toggle line number.
22949 \(fn)" t nil)
22951 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22952 Toggle zebra stripes.
22954 \(fn)" t nil)
22956 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22957 Toggle printing header.
22959 \(fn)" t nil)
22961 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22962 Toggle printing header frame.
22964 \(fn)" t nil)
22966 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22967 Toggle menu lock.
22969 \(fn)" t nil)
22971 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22972 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
22974 \(fn)" t nil)
22976 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22977 Toggle auto mode.
22979 \(fn)" t nil)
22981 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22982 Customization of the `printing' group.
22984 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22986 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22987 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22989 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22991 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22992 Help for the printing package.
22994 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22996 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22997 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22999 \(fn)" t nil)
23001 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
23002 Interactively select a text printer.
23004 \(fn)" t nil)
23006 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
23007 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
23009 \(fn)" t nil)
23011 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
23012 Show current ps-print settings.
23014 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
23016 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
23017 Show current printing settings.
23019 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
23021 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
23022 Show current lpr settings.
23024 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
23026 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
23027 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
23029 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
23030 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
23031 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
23032 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
23035 Interactively, you have the following situations:
23037 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
23038 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
23039 immediately be done using the current active printer.
23041 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
23042 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
23043 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
23044 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
23045 current active printer.
23047 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
23048 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
23049 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
23050 printer.
23052 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
23053 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
23054 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
23055 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
23056 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
23059 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
23060 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
23062 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
23064 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
23065 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
23066 be done using the new current active printer.
23068 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
23069 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
23070 printer.
23072 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
23073 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
23074 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
23075 instead of sending it to the printer.
23077 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
23078 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
23079 printer.
23081 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
23084 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
23085 are both set to t.
23087 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
23089 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
23090 Fast fire function for text printing.
23092 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
23093 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
23094 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
23095 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
23097 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
23098 user for a new active text printer.
23100 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
23102 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
23104 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
23105 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
23106 printer.
23108 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
23110 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
23111 are both set to t.
23113 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
23115 ;;;***
23117 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20600 16892 0 0))
23118 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
23120 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
23121 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
23122 \\<proced-mode-map>
23123 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
23124 the process information.
23126 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
23128 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
23129 Proced buffers.
23131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23133 ;;;***
23135 ;;;### (autoloads (profiler-find-profile-other-frame profiler-find-profile-other-window
23136 ;;;;;; profiler-find-profile profiler-start) "profiler" "profiler.el"
23137 ;;;;;; (20600 16892 0 0))
23138 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
23140 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
23141 Start/restart profilers.
23142 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
23143 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
23144 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
23146 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
23148 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
23149 Open profile FILENAME.
23151 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23153 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
23154 Open profile FILENAME.
23156 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23158 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
23159 Open profile FILENAME.
23161 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23163 ;;;***
23165 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
23166 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
23167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
23169 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
23170 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
23172 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
23173 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
23175 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
23177 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
23178 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
23180 Commands:
23181 \\{prolog-mode-map}
23182 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
23183 if that value is non-nil.
23185 \(fn)" t nil)
23187 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
23188 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
23189 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
23191 \(fn)" t nil)
23193 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
23194 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
23195 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
23197 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23199 ;;;***
23201 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20244
23202 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
23203 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
23205 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
23206 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
23207 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
23209 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
23211 ;;;***
23213 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20577
23214 ;;;;;; 48876 0 0))
23215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
23217 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
23218 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
23220 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
23222 The following variables hold user options, and can
23223 be set through the `customize' command:
23225 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
23226 `ps-mode-tab'
23227 `ps-mode-paper-size'
23228 `ps-mode-print-function'
23229 `ps-run-prompt'
23230 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
23231 `ps-run-x'
23232 `ps-run-dumb'
23233 `ps-run-init'
23234 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
23235 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
23237 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
23240 \\{ps-mode-map}
23243 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
23244 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
23245 The keymap for this second window is:
23247 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
23250 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
23251 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
23252 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
23253 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
23254 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
23256 \(fn)" t nil)
23258 ;;;***
23260 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
23261 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
23262 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
23263 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
23264 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
23265 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20567
23266 ;;;;;; 31133 0 0))
23267 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
23269 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
23270 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
23271 See `ps-paper-type'.")
23273 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
23275 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
23276 Specify the size of paper to format for.
23277 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
23278 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
23280 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
23282 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
23283 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
23285 Valid values are:
23287 nil Do not print colors.
23289 t Print colors.
23291 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
23292 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
23294 Any other value is treated as t.")
23296 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
23298 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
23299 Customization of ps-print group.
23301 \(fn)" t nil)
23303 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
23304 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
23306 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
23307 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
23308 sending it to the printer.
23310 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23311 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23312 image in a file with that name.
23314 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23316 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23317 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
23318 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23319 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23320 so it has a way to determine color values.
23322 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23324 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
23325 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23326 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
23328 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23330 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23331 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23332 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23333 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23334 so it has a way to determine color values.
23336 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23338 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
23339 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23340 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
23341 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
23343 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23345 \(fn)" t nil)
23347 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23348 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23349 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23350 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23351 so it has a way to determine color values.
23353 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23355 \(fn)" t nil)
23357 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
23358 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23359 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
23361 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23363 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23365 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23366 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23367 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23368 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23369 so it has a way to determine color values.
23371 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23373 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23375 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
23376 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
23378 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
23379 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
23380 instead of sending it to the printer.
23382 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23383 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23384 image in a file with that name.
23386 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23388 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
23389 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
23390 Done using the current ps-print setup.
23391 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
23392 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
23394 \(fn)" t nil)
23396 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
23397 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
23398 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23400 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23402 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
23403 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
23404 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23406 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23408 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
23409 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
23411 \(fn)" nil nil)
23413 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
23414 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23416 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
23417 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23419 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23420 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23422 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
23424 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
23426 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23428 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
23429 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23431 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
23432 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23434 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23435 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23437 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
23439 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
23441 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
23443 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
23444 foreground and background colors respectively.
23446 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
23447 bold - use bold font.
23448 italic - use italic font.
23449 underline - put a line under text.
23450 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
23451 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
23452 shadow - text will have a shadow.
23453 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
23454 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
23456 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
23458 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23460 ;;;***
23462 ;;;### (autoloads (python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
23463 ;;;;;; (20600 16892 0 0))
23464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
23466 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
23468 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
23470 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
23471 Run an inferior Python process.
23472 Input and output via buffer named after
23473 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
23474 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
23476 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
23477 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
23478 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
23479 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
23481 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
23482 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
23483 process buffer for a list of commands.)
23485 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
23487 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
23488 Major mode for editing Python files.
23490 \\{python-mode-map}
23491 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
23492 if that value is non-nil.
23494 \(fn)" t nil)
23496 ;;;***
23498 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
23499 ;;;;;; (20559 38659 0 0))
23500 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
23502 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
23503 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
23504 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
23505 coding-system.
23507 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
23508 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
23510 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
23511 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
23512 them into characters should be done separately.
23514 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
23516 ;;;***
23518 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
23519 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
23520 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
23521 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
23522 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20523 63054 0 0))
23523 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
23525 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
23526 Return the title of the current Quail package.
23528 \(fn)" nil nil)
23530 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
23531 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
23532 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
23534 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
23535 `quail-activate', which see.
23537 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
23539 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
23540 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
23541 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
23542 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
23543 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
23544 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
23545 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
23547 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
23548 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
23549 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
23550 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
23551 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
23552 shown.
23553 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
23555 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
23556 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
23557 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
23558 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
23559 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
23560 list of candidates.
23562 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
23563 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
23564 command to be called.
23566 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
23567 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
23568 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
23569 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
23571 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
23572 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
23573 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
23574 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
23575 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
23576 to t.
23578 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
23579 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
23580 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
23581 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
23583 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
23584 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
23585 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
23586 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
23588 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
23589 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
23590 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
23591 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
23592 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
23593 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
23595 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
23596 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
23597 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
23598 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
23599 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
23600 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
23602 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
23603 covers Quail translation region.
23605 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
23606 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
23607 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
23608 for it) is inserted.
23610 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
23611 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
23612 vs. corresponding command to be called.
23614 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
23615 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
23616 non-Quail commands.
23618 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
23620 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23621 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
23623 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
23624 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
23625 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
23626 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
23627 you type is correctly handled.
23629 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
23631 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23632 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
23634 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
23635 keyboard type.
23637 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
23639 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
23640 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
23641 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
23642 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23643 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
23644 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23645 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23646 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23647 for the translation.
23648 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23650 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23651 it is used to handle KEY.
23653 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
23654 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
23655 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
23656 the following annotation types are supported.
23658 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
23659 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
23661 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
23662 candidate list.
23664 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
23665 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
23666 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
23667 inserted.
23669 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
23670 generated for the following translations.
23672 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
23674 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
23675 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
23677 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23678 which to install MAP.
23680 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
23682 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23684 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
23685 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
23687 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23688 which to install MAP.
23690 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
23692 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23694 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
23695 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
23696 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23697 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
23698 a function, or a cons.
23699 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23700 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23701 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23702 for the translation.
23703 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
23704 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
23705 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
23706 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
23707 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23709 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23710 it is used to handle KEY.
23712 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
23713 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
23714 current Quail package.
23716 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
23717 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23719 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
23721 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
23722 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
23724 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
23725 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23727 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
23729 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
23730 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
23732 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
23734 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
23735 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
23736 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
23737 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
23738 of the Emacs source tree.
23740 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
23741 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
23743 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
23744 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
23745 of each directory.
23747 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
23749 ;;;***
23751 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
23752 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
23753 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20567
23754 ;;;;;; 31133 0 0))
23755 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
23757 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
23758 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
23759 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
23760 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
23762 To make use of this do something like:
23764 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
23766 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
23768 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
23769 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
23771 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
23772 buffer, this default action can be modified via
23773 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23775 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23777 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
23778 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
23780 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23782 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
23783 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
23785 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
23786 is decided.
23788 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
23790 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
23791 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
23793 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
23794 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
23795 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23797 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23799 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
23800 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
23802 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23804 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
23805 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
23807 \(fn)" t nil)
23809 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
23810 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
23812 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
23814 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
23816 \(fn)" t nil)
23818 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
23819 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
23821 \(fn)" t nil)
23823 ;;;***
23825 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
23826 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20540 61982 0 0))
23827 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
23829 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
23830 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
23832 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
23834 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
23836 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23838 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
23840 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
23843 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
23845 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
23846 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
23847 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23849 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23850 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
23852 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
23854 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
23855 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
23856 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23857 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23858 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23862 ;;;***
23864 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20290
23865 ;;;;;; 33419 0 0))
23866 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
23868 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
23869 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
23870 See \\[compile].
23872 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
23874 ;;;***
23876 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
23877 ;;;;;; (20428 57510 0 0))
23878 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
23880 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23882 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23883 Construct a regexp interactively.
23884 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
23885 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
23886 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
23888 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
23889 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
23891 \(fn)" t nil)
23893 ;;;***
23895 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20356 35090
23896 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23897 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23899 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23900 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23901 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23902 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23903 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23904 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23906 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23908 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23909 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
23910 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
23911 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23912 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23914 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
23915 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
23916 were operated on recently.
23918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23920 ;;;***
23922 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23923 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23924 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle copy-rectangle-as-kill kill-rectangle
23925 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle)
23926 ;;;;;; "rect" "rect.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
23927 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23929 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23930 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23931 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23932 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23933 ends.
23935 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23936 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23937 to be deleted.
23939 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23941 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23942 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23943 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23945 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23946 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23947 deleted.
23949 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23951 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23952 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23953 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23955 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23957 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23958 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23960 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23961 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23963 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23964 deleted.
23966 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23967 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23968 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23969 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23970 even beep.)
23972 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23974 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
23975 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23977 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23979 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23980 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23982 \(fn)" t nil)
23984 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23985 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23986 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23987 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23988 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23989 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23990 and point is at the lower right corner.
23992 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23994 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23995 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23997 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23998 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
24000 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
24001 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
24002 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
24004 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
24006 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
24008 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
24009 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
24010 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
24011 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
24012 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
24014 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
24015 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
24017 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
24019 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
24020 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
24021 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
24023 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
24025 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
24027 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
24029 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
24030 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
24032 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
24033 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
24034 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
24036 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
24038 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
24039 Blank out the region-rectangle.
24040 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
24042 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
24043 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
24044 rectangle which were empty.
24046 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
24048 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
24049 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
24051 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
24052 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
24053 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
24054 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
24056 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
24058 ;;;***
24060 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20511
24061 ;;;;;; 52965 0 0))
24062 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
24064 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
24065 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
24066 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
24067 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24068 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24070 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
24071 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
24072 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
24073 auto-filling.
24075 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
24077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24079 ;;;***
24081 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
24082 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20592 26321
24083 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24084 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
24086 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
24087 Turn on RefTeX mode.
24089 \(fn)" nil nil)
24091 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
24092 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
24094 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
24095 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
24097 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
24098 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
24099 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
24100 \\ref macro.
24102 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
24103 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
24104 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
24106 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
24107 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
24108 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
24110 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
24111 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
24113 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
24114 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
24116 \\{reftex-mode-map}
24117 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
24118 on the menu bar.
24120 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24124 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
24125 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
24126 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
24128 \(fn)" nil nil)
24130 ;;;***
24132 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
24133 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
24134 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
24136 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
24137 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
24138 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
24139 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
24140 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
24141 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
24143 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
24145 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
24147 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
24148 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
24149 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
24150 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
24151 `reftex-cite-format'.
24153 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
24154 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
24155 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
24156 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
24158 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
24160 ;;;***
24162 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
24163 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
24164 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
24166 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
24167 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
24168 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
24169 the current TeX document.
24171 With no argument, this command toggles
24172 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
24173 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
24175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24177 ;;;***
24179 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
24180 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
24181 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
24183 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
24184 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
24185 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
24187 To insert new phrases, use
24188 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
24189 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
24191 To index phrases use one of:
24193 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
24194 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
24195 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
24196 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
24197 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
24199 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
24200 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
24202 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
24204 Here are all local bindings.
24206 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
24208 \(fn)" t nil)
24210 ;;;***
24212 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
24213 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
24214 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
24216 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
24217 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
24218 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
24219 of master file.
24221 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
24223 ;;;***
24225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20600
24226 ;;;;;; 16892 0 0))
24227 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
24228 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
24229 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
24230 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24231 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
24233 ;;;***
24235 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
24236 ;;;;;; (20522 50437 0 0))
24237 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
24239 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
24240 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
24241 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
24242 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
24243 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
24244 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
24246 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
24247 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
24249 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
24250 by \\=\\< and \\>.
24251 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
24252 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
24254 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
24256 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
24257 Return the depth of REGEXP.
24258 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
24259 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
24261 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
24263 ;;;***
24265 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
24266 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
24267 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
24268 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
24270 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
24271 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
24272 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
24273 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
24275 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
24277 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
24279 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
24280 Call `remember' in another frame.
24282 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
24284 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
24285 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
24286 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
24287 application.
24289 \(fn)" t nil)
24291 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
24292 Extract diary entries from the region.
24294 \(fn)" nil nil)
24296 ;;;***
24298 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
24299 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
24301 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
24302 Repeat most recently executed command.
24303 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
24304 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
24305 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
24307 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
24308 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
24309 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
24310 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
24312 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
24313 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
24314 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
24316 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
24318 ;;;***
24320 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
24321 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
24322 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
24324 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
24325 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
24327 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
24328 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
24329 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
24330 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
24331 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
24332 and point is left after the salutation.
24334 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
24335 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
24336 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
24337 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
24338 left after that text.
24340 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
24341 is non-nil.
24343 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
24344 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
24345 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
24346 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
24348 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
24350 ;;;***
24352 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
24353 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
24354 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
24356 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
24357 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
24358 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
24359 visibility of comments that precede it.
24360 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
24361 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
24362 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
24363 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
24364 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
24365 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
24366 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
24367 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
24368 the comment lines.
24369 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
24370 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
24371 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
24372 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
24373 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
24375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24377 ;;;***
24379 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
24380 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
24381 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
24383 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24384 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
24385 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
24386 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24387 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24389 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
24390 reveals invisible text around point.
24392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24394 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
24395 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
24396 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24397 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24398 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24399 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
24401 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
24403 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24404 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
24405 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
24407 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
24408 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24409 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24413 ;;;***
24415 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
24416 ;;;;;; (20331 12564 0 0))
24417 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
24419 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
24420 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
24422 \(fn X)" nil nil)
24424 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
24425 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
24427 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
24429 ;;;***
24431 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20412 11425
24432 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24433 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
24435 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
24436 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
24437 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
24438 other arguments for `rlogin'.
24440 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
24442 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
24443 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
24444 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
24445 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
24447 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
24448 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
24450 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
24451 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
24453 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
24454 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
24455 INPUT-ARGS.
24457 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
24458 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
24459 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
24460 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
24461 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
24463 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
24464 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
24465 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
24466 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
24468 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
24469 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
24470 variable.
24472 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24474 ;;;***
24476 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
24477 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
24478 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
24479 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
24480 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p rmail-spool-directory
24481 ;;;;;; rmail-file-name) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20600 16892 0 0))
24482 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
24484 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
24485 Name of user's primary mail file.")
24487 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
24489 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
24491 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
24492 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
24493 Its name should end with a slash.")
24495 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
24496 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
24498 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
24499 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
24500 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
24502 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
24504 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
24505 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
24506 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
24507 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
24508 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
24509 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
24510 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
24512 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
24513 sent by you under different user names.
24514 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
24516 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
24518 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
24520 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24522 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
24523 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
24524 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
24525 explicitly.")
24527 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24529 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
24530 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
24531 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
24532 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
24533 which normally happens once for each message,
24534 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
24535 To make a change in this variable take effect
24536 for a message that you have already viewed,
24537 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
24539 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24541 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
24542 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
24543 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
24544 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
24546 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
24548 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
24549 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
24551 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24553 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
24554 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
24555 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
24557 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
24559 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
24560 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
24561 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
24562 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
24563 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
24564 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
24566 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
24568 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24569 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
24571 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
24573 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
24574 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
24576 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
24578 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
24579 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
24581 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
24582 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
24584 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
24586 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
24587 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
24589 This is set to nil by default.")
24591 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
24592 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
24593 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
24594 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
24595 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
24596 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
24597 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
24599 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
24600 Read and edit incoming mail.
24601 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
24602 file in RMAIL Mode.
24603 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
24605 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
24606 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
24607 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
24608 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
24610 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
24612 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
24614 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
24615 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
24616 All normal editing commands are turned off.
24617 Instead, these commands are available:
24619 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
24620 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
24621 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
24622 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
24623 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
24624 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
24625 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
24626 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
24627 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
24628 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
24629 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
24630 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
24631 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
24632 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
24633 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
24634 till a deleted message is found.
24635 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
24636 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
24637 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
24638 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
24639 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
24640 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
24641 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
24642 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
24643 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
24644 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
24645 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
24646 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
24647 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
24648 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
24649 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
24650 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
24651 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
24652 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
24653 (label defaults to last one specified).
24654 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
24655 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
24656 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
24657 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
24658 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
24659 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
24660 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
24661 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
24662 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
24664 \(fn)" t nil)
24666 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
24667 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
24669 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
24671 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
24672 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
24674 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
24676 ;;;***
24678 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
24679 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20535 44414
24680 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24681 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
24682 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
24684 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
24685 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
24686 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
24687 case it writes Babyl.
24689 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
24690 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
24691 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24692 `rmail-default-file'.
24694 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
24695 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
24696 buffer, updates it accordingly.
24698 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
24699 the header display is currently pruned.
24701 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
24702 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
24703 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
24704 messages after output.
24706 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
24707 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
24708 message (if writing a file directly).
24710 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
24711 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
24713 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24715 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
24716 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
24717 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
24718 i) the header is output as currently seen
24719 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
24720 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
24722 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
24723 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
24724 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
24726 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24728 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
24729 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
24730 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
24731 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
24732 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
24733 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24734 `rmail-default-body-file'.
24736 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
24737 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
24738 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
24740 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24742 ;;;***
24744 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24745 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
24746 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24748 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24749 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24750 Return a pattern.
24752 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24754 ;;;***
24756 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24757 ;;;;;; (20356 35090 0 0))
24758 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24760 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24761 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24762 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24763 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24765 \(fn)" t nil)
24767 ;;;***
24769 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24770 ;;;;;; (20290 33419 0 0))
24771 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24773 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24774 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24776 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24777 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24778 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24779 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24780 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24781 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24782 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24783 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24784 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24785 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24787 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24788 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
24789 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24790 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24791 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24792 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24793 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24794 to use for finding the schema.
24796 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24798 ;;;***
24800 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20244
24801 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
24802 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24804 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24806 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24807 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24808 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24809 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24810 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24811 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24812 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24813 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24814 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24815 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24816 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24817 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24818 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24819 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24820 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24821 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24822 must be equal.
24824 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24826 ;;;***
24828 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24829 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 63054 0 0))
24830 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24832 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24833 Define a robin package.
24835 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24836 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24837 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24838 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24840 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24841 one replaces the old one.
24843 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
24845 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24846 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24848 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24849 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24850 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24852 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24854 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24855 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24857 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24859 ;;;***
24861 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24862 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
24863 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24865 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24866 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24868 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24870 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24871 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24873 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24875 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24876 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24878 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24880 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24881 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24882 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24884 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24885 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24886 in ROT13.
24888 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24890 \(fn)" t nil)
24892 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24893 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24895 \(fn)" t nil)
24897 ;;;***
24899 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24900 ;;;;;; (20600 16892 0 0))
24901 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24902 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
24904 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24905 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24906 \\<rst-mode-map>
24908 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24909 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24910 highlighting.
24912 \\{rst-mode-map}
24914 \(fn)" t nil)
24916 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24917 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24918 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
24919 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24920 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24922 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24923 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24924 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24928 ;;;***
24930 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24931 ;;;;;; (20577 48876 0 0))
24932 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24934 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24935 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24936 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24937 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24938 nesting into account.
24940 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24942 \\{ruby-mode-map}
24944 \(fn)" t nil)
24946 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24948 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24950 ;;;***
24952 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20244
24953 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
24954 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24956 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24957 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24958 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24960 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24961 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
24962 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
24963 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24964 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24968 ;;;***
24970 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20517
24971 ;;;;;; 30410 0 0))
24972 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24974 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24975 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24976 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24977 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24979 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24981 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24982 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24983 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24985 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24986 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24987 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24989 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24990 notation.
24992 STRING
24993 matches string STRING literally.
24995 CHAR
24996 matches character CHAR literally.
24998 `not-newline', `nonl'
24999 matches any character except a newline.
25001 `anything'
25002 matches any character
25004 `(any SET ...)'
25005 `(in SET ...)'
25006 `(char SET ...)'
25007 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
25008 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
25009 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
25011 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
25012 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
25013 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
25014 `word', or one of their synonyms.
25016 `(not (any SET ...))'
25017 matches any character not in SET ...
25019 `line-start', `bol'
25020 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
25021 in the text being matched
25023 `line-end', `eol'
25024 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
25026 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
25027 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
25028 string being matched against.
25030 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
25031 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
25032 string being matched against.
25034 `buffer-start'
25035 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
25036 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
25038 `buffer-end'
25039 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
25040 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
25042 `point'
25043 matches the empty string, but only at point.
25045 `word-start', `bow'
25046 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
25048 `word-end', `eow'
25049 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
25051 `word-boundary'
25052 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
25053 word.
25055 `(not word-boundary)'
25056 `not-word-boundary'
25057 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
25058 word.
25060 `symbol-start'
25061 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
25063 `symbol-end'
25064 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
25066 `digit', `numeric', `num'
25067 matches 0 through 9.
25069 `control', `cntrl'
25070 matches ASCII control characters.
25072 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
25073 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
25075 `blank'
25076 matches space and tab only.
25078 `graphic', `graph'
25079 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
25080 space, and DEL.
25082 `printing', `print'
25083 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
25084 and DEL.
25086 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
25087 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
25088 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
25090 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
25091 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
25092 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
25094 `ascii'
25095 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
25097 `nonascii'
25098 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
25100 `lower', `lower-case'
25101 matches anything lower-case.
25103 `upper', `upper-case'
25104 matches anything upper-case.
25106 `punctuation', `punct'
25107 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
25108 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
25110 `space', `whitespace', `white'
25111 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
25113 `word', `wordchar'
25114 matches anything that has word syntax.
25116 `not-wordchar'
25117 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
25119 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
25120 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
25121 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
25122 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
25124 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
25125 `punctuation' (\\s.)
25126 `word' (\\sw)
25127 `symbol' (\\s_)
25128 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
25129 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
25130 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
25131 `string-quote' (\\s\")
25132 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
25133 `escape' (\\s\\)
25134 `character-quote' (\\s/)
25135 `comment-start' (\\s<)
25136 `comment-end' (\\s>)
25137 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
25138 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
25140 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
25141 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
25143 `(category CATEGORY)'
25144 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
25145 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
25147 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
25148 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
25149 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
25150 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
25151 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
25152 `symbol' (\\c5)
25153 `digit' (\\c6)
25154 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
25155 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
25156 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
25157 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
25158 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
25159 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
25160 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
25161 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
25162 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
25163 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
25164 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
25165 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
25166 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
25167 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
25168 `ascii' (\\ca)
25169 `arabic' (\\cb)
25170 `chinese' (\\cc)
25171 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
25172 `greek' (\\cg)
25173 `korean' (\\ch)
25174 `indian' (\\ci)
25175 `japanese' (\\cj)
25176 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
25177 `latin' (\\cl)
25178 `lao' (\\co)
25179 `tibetan' (\\cq)
25180 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
25181 `thai' (\\ct)
25182 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
25183 `hebrew' (\\cw)
25184 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
25185 `can-break' (\\c|)
25187 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
25188 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
25190 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25191 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25192 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25193 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25194 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
25196 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25197 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25198 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
25199 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
25201 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25202 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25203 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
25204 group number N.
25206 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25207 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25208 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
25209 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
25210 regular expression.
25212 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
25213 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
25214 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
25215 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
25216 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
25218 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
25219 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
25221 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
25222 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
25224 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
25225 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
25226 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
25228 `(* SEXP ...)'
25229 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
25230 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
25232 `(*? SEXP ...)'
25233 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
25234 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
25236 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
25237 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
25238 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
25240 `(+ SEXP ...)'
25241 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
25243 `(+? SEXP ...)'
25244 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
25246 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
25247 `(optional SEXP ...)'
25248 `(opt SEXP ...)'
25249 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
25251 `(? SEXP ...)'
25252 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
25254 `(?? SEXP ...)'
25255 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
25257 `(repeat N SEXP)'
25258 `(= N SEXP ...)'
25259 matches N occurrences.
25261 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
25262 matches N or more occurrences.
25264 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
25265 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
25266 matches N to M occurrences.
25268 `(backref N)'
25269 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
25271 `(eval FORM)'
25272 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
25273 `regexp-quote' it.
25275 `(regexp REGEXP)'
25276 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
25278 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
25280 ;;;***
25282 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20577
25283 ;;;;;; 48876 0 0))
25284 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
25286 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
25287 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
25288 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25289 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25290 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25291 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
25293 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
25295 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
25296 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
25297 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
25298 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25299 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25301 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
25302 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
25303 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
25304 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
25306 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
25307 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
25308 histories, which is probably undesirable.
25310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25312 ;;;***
25314 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
25315 ;;;;;; (20428 57510 0 0))
25316 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
25318 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
25319 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
25320 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25322 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
25323 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
25324 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
25325 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
25326 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
25327 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
25328 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
25329 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
25331 Commands:
25332 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25333 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25334 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25335 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25336 if that value is non-nil.
25338 \(fn)" t nil)
25340 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
25341 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
25342 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25344 Commands:
25345 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25346 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25347 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25348 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
25349 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
25350 that variable's value is a string.
25352 \(fn)" t nil)
25354 ;;;***
25356 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
25357 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
25358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
25360 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
25361 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
25362 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
25364 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
25366 \(fn)" t nil)
25368 ;;;***
25370 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
25371 ;;;;;; (20373 41604 0 0))
25372 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
25374 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
25375 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
25376 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25377 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25378 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25379 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
25381 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
25383 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
25384 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
25385 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
25386 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25387 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25389 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
25390 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
25392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25394 ;;;***
25396 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
25397 ;;;;;; (20276 3849 0 0))
25398 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
25400 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
25401 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
25402 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25403 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25404 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
25405 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
25406 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
25407 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
25409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25411 ;;;***
25413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
25414 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
25415 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
25416 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
25418 ;;;***
25420 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
25421 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20600 16892 0 0))
25422 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
25424 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
25425 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
25426 The possible elements of this list include the following:
25428 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
25429 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
25430 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
25431 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
25432 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
25433 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
25434 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
25435 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
25436 keybinding for tag names.
25437 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
25438 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
25439 of the symbol under point.
25440 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
25441 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
25442 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
25443 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
25444 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
25445 syntax tokens.
25446 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
25448 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
25450 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
25451 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
25452 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25453 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25454 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25455 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
25457 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
25459 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
25460 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
25461 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
25462 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25463 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25465 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
25466 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
25467 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
25468 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
25469 Semantic mode.
25471 \\{semantic-mode-map}
25473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25475 ;;;***
25477 ;;;### (autoloads (bovine-grammar-mode) "semantic/bovine/grammar"
25478 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el" (20592 26321 0 0))
25479 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
25481 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
25482 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
25484 \(fn)" t nil)
25486 ;;;***
25488 ;;;### (autoloads (wisent-grammar-mode) "semantic/wisent/grammar"
25489 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el" (20592 26321 0 0))
25490 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
25492 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
25493 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
25495 \(fn)" t nil)
25497 ;;;***
25499 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
25500 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
25501 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
25502 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
25503 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
25504 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
25505 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
25506 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
25507 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
25508 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
25510 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
25511 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
25513 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
25514 king@grassland.com
25515 If `parens', they look like:
25516 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
25517 If `angles', they look like:
25518 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25520 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
25521 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
25523 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
25525 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25526 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
25527 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
25528 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
25530 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
25531 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
25532 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
25533 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
25535 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
25537 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
25538 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
25539 This is done when the message is initialized,
25540 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
25542 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
25544 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
25545 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
25546 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
25548 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
25550 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
25551 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
25552 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
25553 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
25554 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
25555 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
25556 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
25558 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
25560 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
25561 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
25563 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
25565 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
25566 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
25567 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
25568 be a Babyl file.")
25570 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
25572 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
25573 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
25574 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
25575 when you first send mail.")
25577 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
25579 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
25580 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
25581 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
25582 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
25583 This file need not actually exist.")
25585 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
25587 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
25588 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
25590 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
25592 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
25593 Alist of mail address aliases,
25594 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
25595 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
25596 can specify a different file name.)
25597 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
25598 alias ALIAS MEANING")
25600 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
25601 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
25602 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
25604 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
25606 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
25607 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
25608 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
25610 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
25612 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
25613 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
25614 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
25615 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
25616 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
25617 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
25618 in the cited portion of the message.
25620 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
25621 instead of no action.")
25623 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
25625 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
25626 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
25627 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
25628 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
25629 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
25631 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
25633 (defvar mail-signature t "\
25634 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
25635 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
25636 If a string, that string is inserted.
25637 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
25638 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
25639 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
25640 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
25642 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
25644 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
25645 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
25647 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
25649 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
25650 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
25651 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
25653 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
25654 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
25656 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
25658 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
25659 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
25660 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
25661 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
25663 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
25665 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
25666 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
25667 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
25669 \(fn)" nil nil)
25671 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
25673 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
25676 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
25678 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
25679 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
25680 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
25682 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
25683 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
25685 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
25686 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
25687 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
25688 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
25689 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
25690 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
25691 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
25692 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
25693 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
25694 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
25695 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
25696 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
25697 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
25698 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
25700 \(fn)" t nil)
25702 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
25703 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
25704 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
25705 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
25707 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
25709 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
25710 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25711 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
25712 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
25713 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25714 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25716 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
25717 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25718 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
25720 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
25721 User should not set this variable manually,
25722 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
25723 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25724 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25726 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
25727 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
25728 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
25729 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
25731 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
25732 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
25734 \\<mail-mode-map>
25735 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
25737 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
25738 to move to message header fields:
25739 \\{mail-mode-map}
25741 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
25742 when the message is initialized.
25744 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
25745 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
25747 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
25748 is inserted.
25750 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
25751 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
25753 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
25754 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
25755 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
25756 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
25757 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
25758 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
25759 buffer without erasing the contents.
25761 The second through fifth arguments,
25762 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
25763 the initial contents of those header fields.
25764 These arguments should not have final newlines.
25765 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
25766 original message being replied to, or else an action
25767 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
25768 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
25769 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
25770 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
25771 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
25772 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
25774 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
25776 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
25777 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
25779 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25781 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
25782 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
25784 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25786 ;;;***
25788 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
25789 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20600
25790 ;;;;;; 16892 0 0))
25791 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
25793 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
25795 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
25797 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
25799 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
25800 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
25801 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
25802 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
25803 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
25804 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25806 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25807 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25809 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
25810 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
25811 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
25813 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
25814 \\[server-start].
25816 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
25818 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
25819 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
25820 If server is running, it is first stopped.
25821 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
25823 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25825 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25826 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25827 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25830 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25832 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25834 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25835 Toggle Server mode.
25836 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
25837 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25838 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25840 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25841 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
25842 `server-start' for details.
25844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25846 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25847 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
25848 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25850 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25851 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25853 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
25855 ;;;***
25857 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20553 63503 0 0))
25858 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25860 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25861 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25862 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25864 Key definitions:
25865 \\{ses-mode-map}
25866 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25867 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25868 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25869 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25871 \(fn)" t nil)
25873 ;;;***
25875 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25876 ;;;;;; (20580 46629 0 0))
25877 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25879 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25880 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25881 Makes > match <.
25882 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25883 `sgml-quick-keys'.
25885 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25886 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25887 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25889 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25890 in your init file.
25892 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25894 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25895 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25896 \\{sgml-mode-map}
25898 \(fn)" t nil)
25900 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25901 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25902 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25903 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25904 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25905 which this is based.
25907 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25909 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25910 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25911 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25912 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25914 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25915 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25916 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25918 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25919 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25920 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25921 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25923 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25924 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25925 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25926 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25928 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25930 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25931 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25932 To work around that, do:
25933 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25935 \\{html-mode-map}
25937 \(fn)" t nil)
25939 ;;;***
25941 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25942 ;;;;;; (20600 16892 0 0))
25943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25944 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25946 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25947 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25948 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25949 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25950 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25951 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25953 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25954 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25955 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25956 shell-specific features.
25958 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25959 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25960 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25961 \\<sh-mode-map>
25962 \\[sh-case] case statement
25963 \\[sh-for] for loop
25964 \\[sh-function] function definition
25965 \\[sh-if] if statement
25966 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25967 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25968 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25969 \\[sh-select] select loop
25970 \\[sh-until] until loop
25971 \\[sh-while] while loop
25973 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25974 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25975 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25976 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25977 would indent to the way it currently is.
25978 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25979 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25982 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25983 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25984 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25985 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25986 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25987 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25989 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
25990 unquoted < insert a here document.
25992 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25993 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25994 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25996 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25997 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25999 \(fn)" t nil)
26001 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
26003 ;;;***
26005 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
26006 ;;;;;; (20577 48876 0 0))
26007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
26009 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
26010 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
26012 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
26013 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
26014 else prints messages listing any shadows.
26016 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
26017 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
26018 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
26019 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
26020 the earlier.
26022 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
26024 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
26026 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
26027 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
26028 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
26030 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
26031 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
26033 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
26034 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
26035 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
26036 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
26037 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
26038 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
26039 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
26040 Emacs version).
26042 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
26043 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
26044 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
26045 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
26046 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
26048 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
26049 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
26051 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
26053 ;;;***
26055 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
26056 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20244
26057 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
26058 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
26060 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
26061 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
26062 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
26063 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
26064 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
26065 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
26066 sites in the cluster.
26068 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
26070 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
26071 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
26072 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
26073 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
26074 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
26076 \(fn)" t nil)
26078 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
26079 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
26080 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
26081 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
26082 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
26083 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
26084 `shadow-define-cluster').
26086 \(fn)" t nil)
26088 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
26089 Set up file shadowing.
26091 \(fn)" t nil)
26093 ;;;***
26095 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
26096 ;;;;;; (20567 31133 0 0))
26097 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
26099 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
26100 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
26101 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
26102 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
26103 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
26104 arguments.")
26106 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
26108 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
26109 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
26110 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
26111 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
26112 to change if called with a prefix arg.
26114 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
26115 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
26116 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
26117 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
26118 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
26119 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
26120 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
26121 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
26122 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
26123 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
26124 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
26126 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26127 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26128 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26129 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
26130 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26131 `default-process-coding-system'.
26133 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
26134 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
26135 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
26136 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
26138 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
26140 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26142 ;;;***
26144 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20600
26145 ;;;;;; 16892 0 0))
26146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
26148 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
26149 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
26150 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
26151 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
26153 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
26155 ;;;***
26157 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-kill sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload
26158 ;;;;;; sieve-manage) "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
26159 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
26161 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
26164 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
26166 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
26169 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
26171 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
26174 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
26176 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
26179 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
26181 ;;;***
26183 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
26184 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
26185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
26187 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
26188 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
26189 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
26190 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
26191 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
26193 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
26195 \(fn)" t nil)
26197 ;;;***
26199 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20356
26200 ;;;;;; 35090 0 0))
26201 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
26203 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
26204 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
26205 \\{simula-mode-map}
26206 Variables controlling indentation style:
26207 `simula-tab-always-indent'
26208 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
26209 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
26210 `simula-indent-level'
26211 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
26212 `simula-substatement-offset'
26213 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
26214 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
26215 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
26216 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
26217 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
26218 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
26219 `simula-label-offset' -4711
26220 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
26221 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
26222 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
26223 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
26224 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
26225 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
26226 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
26227 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
26228 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
26229 `simula-electric-indent' nil
26230 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
26231 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
26232 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
26233 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
26234 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
26235 or nil if they should not be changed.
26236 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
26237 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
26238 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
26239 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
26241 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
26242 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
26244 \(fn)" t nil)
26246 ;;;***
26248 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
26249 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20540 61982 0
26250 ;;;;;; 0))
26251 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
26253 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
26254 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
26256 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
26257 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
26258 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
26259 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
26261 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
26263 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
26265 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
26266 Insert SKELETON.
26267 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
26268 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
26269 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
26270 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
26271 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
26273 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
26274 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
26276 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
26278 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
26279 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
26281 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
26282 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
26283 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
26284 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
26286 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
26287 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
26288 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
26289 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
26291 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
26292 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
26293 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
26295 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
26296 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
26298 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
26299 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
26301 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
26302 _ interesting point, interregion here
26303 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
26304 interesting point set by _
26305 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
26306 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
26307 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
26308 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
26309 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
26310 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
26311 nil skipped
26313 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
26314 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
26316 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
26317 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
26318 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
26319 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
26320 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
26321 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
26322 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
26323 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
26325 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
26326 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
26327 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
26328 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
26329 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
26330 available:
26332 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
26333 then: insert previously read string once more
26334 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
26335 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
26336 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
26338 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
26339 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
26341 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
26343 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
26344 Insert the character you type ARG times.
26346 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
26347 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
26348 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
26349 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
26350 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
26351 such as backslash.
26353 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
26354 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
26355 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
26357 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26359 ;;;***
26361 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
26362 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20585 55103 0 0))
26363 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
26365 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
26366 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
26367 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
26368 buffer names.
26370 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
26372 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
26373 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
26374 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26375 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26376 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26377 \\{smerge-mode-map}
26379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26381 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
26382 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
26383 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
26385 \(fn)" t nil)
26387 ;;;***
26389 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
26390 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
26391 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
26393 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
26394 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
26395 A list of images is returned.
26397 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26399 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
26400 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
26401 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
26403 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26405 ;;;***
26407 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
26408 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20550 14882 0 0))
26409 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
26411 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
26414 \(fn)" nil nil)
26416 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
26417 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
26419 \(fn)" t nil)
26421 ;;;***
26423 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20511 52965 0
26424 ;;;;;; 0))
26425 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
26427 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
26428 Play the Snake game.
26429 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
26431 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
26433 Snake mode keybindings:
26434 \\<snake-mode-map>
26435 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
26436 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
26437 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26438 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
26439 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
26440 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
26441 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
26443 \(fn)" t nil)
26445 ;;;***
26447 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
26448 ;;;;;; (20577 48876 0 0))
26449 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
26451 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26452 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
26453 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26454 Tab indents for C code.
26455 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26456 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26457 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26458 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
26459 `snmp-mode-hook'.
26461 \(fn)" t nil)
26463 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26464 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
26465 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26466 Tab indents for C code.
26467 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26468 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26469 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26470 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
26471 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
26473 \(fn)" t nil)
26475 ;;;***
26477 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20567
26478 ;;;;;; 31133 0 0))
26479 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
26481 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
26482 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
26483 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
26484 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
26485 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
26487 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
26489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26491 ;;;***
26493 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20428
26494 ;;;;;; 57510 0 0))
26495 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
26497 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
26498 Play Solitaire.
26500 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
26501 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
26502 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
26503 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
26504 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
26505 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
26506 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
26507 check after each move or undo.)
26509 What is Solitaire?
26511 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
26512 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
26513 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
26515 Le Solitaire
26516 ============
26518 o o o
26520 o o o
26522 o o o o o o o
26524 o o o . o o o
26526 o o o o o o o
26528 o o o
26530 o o o
26532 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
26533 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
26534 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
26535 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
26537 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
26538 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
26539 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
26540 this: o o .
26542 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
26543 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
26545 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
26547 o o o
26549 . o o
26551 o o . o o o o
26553 o . o o o o o
26555 o o o o o o o
26557 o o o
26559 o o o
26561 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
26563 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
26565 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26567 ;;;***
26569 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
26570 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
26571 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
26572 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
26573 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
26575 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
26576 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
26578 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
26579 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
26580 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
26581 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
26582 contiguous.
26584 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
26585 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
26586 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26587 the sort order.
26589 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
26590 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
26592 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
26593 It moves point to the start of the next record.
26594 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
26595 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
26596 is called.
26598 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
26599 It should move point to the end of the record.
26601 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
26602 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
26603 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
26604 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
26605 starts at the beginning of the record.
26607 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
26608 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
26609 same as ENDRECFUN.
26611 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
26612 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
26614 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
26616 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
26617 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26618 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26619 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26620 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26621 the sort order.
26623 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26625 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
26626 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26627 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26628 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26629 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26630 the sort order.
26632 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26634 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
26635 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26636 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26637 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26638 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26639 the sort order.
26641 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26642 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26644 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
26645 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
26646 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26647 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
26648 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
26649 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
26650 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26651 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26652 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26654 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26656 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
26657 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
26658 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26659 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26660 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26661 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26662 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26663 the sort order.
26665 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26667 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
26668 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
26669 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
26670 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
26672 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
26673 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
26675 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
26676 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
26677 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
26678 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
26679 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
26680 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
26681 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
26682 found within a record, that record is ignored.
26684 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
26686 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26687 the sort order.
26689 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
26690 starting with the letter \"f\",
26691 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
26693 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
26695 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
26696 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
26697 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
26698 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
26699 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
26700 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
26701 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26702 the sort order.
26704 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
26705 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
26706 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
26707 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
26708 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
26710 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
26712 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
26713 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
26714 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
26716 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26718 ;;;***
26720 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20460
26721 ;;;;;; 33749 0 0))
26722 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
26724 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
26725 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
26726 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
26727 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
26728 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
26729 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
26731 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
26733 ;;;***
26735 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
26736 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
26737 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
26738 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
26740 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
26741 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
26743 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
26744 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
26745 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
26747 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
26749 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
26750 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
26751 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
26752 server.
26754 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26756 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
26757 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
26758 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
26760 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26762 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
26763 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
26764 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
26765 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
26766 Agent is plugged.
26768 \(fn)" t nil)
26770 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
26771 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
26772 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
26773 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
26775 \(fn)" t nil)
26777 ;;;***
26779 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
26780 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
26781 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
26783 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
26785 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
26786 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
26787 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
26788 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
26789 supported at a time.
26790 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
26791 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
26793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26795 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
26796 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
26797 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
26798 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
26800 \(fn)" t nil)
26802 ;;;***
26804 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20244
26805 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
26806 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26808 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26809 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26811 \(fn)" t nil)
26813 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26814 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26816 \(fn)" nil nil)
26818 ;;;***
26820 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26821 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26822 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
26823 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
26824 ;;;;;; (20567 31133 0 0))
26825 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26827 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26828 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26830 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
26831 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26832 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26833 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26834 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26835 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26836 of the current highlighting list.
26838 For example:
26840 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26841 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26843 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26844 `_t' as data types.
26846 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26848 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26849 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26851 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26852 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26854 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26856 \\\\FREE
26858 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26860 \\\\NONFREE
26862 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26864 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
26865 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
26867 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26868 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26869 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26870 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26872 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26873 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26874 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26875 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26877 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26878 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26879 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26881 \(fn)" t nil)
26883 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26884 Major mode to edit SQL.
26886 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26887 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26888 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26890 \\{sql-mode-map}
26891 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26893 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26894 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26895 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26896 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26897 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26898 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26900 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26901 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26903 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26904 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
26905 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
26907 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26908 (lambda ()
26909 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26911 \(fn)" t nil)
26913 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
26914 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
26916 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
26917 their settings.
26919 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
26920 is specified in the connection settings.
26922 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26924 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26925 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
26927 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26928 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
26930 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
26931 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
26932 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
26933 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
26935 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26937 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26939 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26940 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26942 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26943 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26944 `*SQL*'.
26946 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26947 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26948 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26949 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26951 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26952 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26954 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26955 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
26956 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26957 buffer.
26959 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26960 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26961 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26962 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26963 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26964 `default-process-coding-system'.
26966 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26968 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26970 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26971 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26973 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26974 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26975 `*SQL*'.
26977 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26978 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26979 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26980 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26982 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26983 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26985 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26986 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
26987 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26988 buffer.
26990 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26991 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26992 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26993 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26994 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26995 `default-process-coding-system'.
26997 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26999 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27001 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
27002 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
27004 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27005 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27006 `*SQL*'.
27008 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
27009 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
27011 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27012 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27014 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27015 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
27016 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27017 buffer.
27019 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27020 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27021 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27022 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27023 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27024 `default-process-coding-system'.
27026 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27028 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27030 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
27031 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
27033 SQLite is free software.
27035 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27036 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27037 `*SQL*'.
27039 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
27040 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
27041 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
27042 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
27044 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27045 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27047 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27048 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
27049 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27050 buffer.
27052 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27053 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27054 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27055 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27056 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27057 `default-process-coding-system'.
27059 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27061 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27063 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
27064 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
27066 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
27068 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27069 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27070 `*SQL*'.
27072 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
27073 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
27074 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
27075 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
27077 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27078 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27080 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27081 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
27082 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27083 buffer.
27085 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27086 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27087 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27088 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27089 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27090 `default-process-coding-system'.
27092 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27094 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27096 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
27097 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
27099 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27100 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27101 `*SQL*'.
27103 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
27104 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
27105 defaults, if set.
27107 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27108 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27110 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27111 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
27112 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27113 buffer.
27115 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27116 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27117 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27118 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27119 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27120 `default-process-coding-system'.
27122 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27124 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27126 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
27127 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
27129 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27130 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27131 `*SQL*'.
27133 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
27134 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
27136 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27137 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27139 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27140 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
27141 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27142 buffer.
27144 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27145 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27146 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27147 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27148 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27149 `default-process-coding-system'.
27151 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27153 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27155 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
27156 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
27158 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27159 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27160 `*SQL*'.
27162 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
27163 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
27164 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
27165 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
27167 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27168 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27170 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27171 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
27172 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27173 buffer.
27175 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27176 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27177 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27178 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27179 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27180 `default-process-coding-system'.
27182 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27184 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27186 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
27187 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
27189 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27190 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27191 `*SQL*'.
27193 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
27194 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
27195 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
27196 `sql-postgres-options'.
27198 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27199 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27201 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27202 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
27203 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27204 buffer.
27206 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27207 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27208 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27209 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27210 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27211 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
27212 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
27213 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
27215 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
27216 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
27218 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27220 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27222 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
27223 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
27225 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27226 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27227 `*SQL*'.
27229 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
27230 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
27231 defaults, if set.
27233 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27234 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27236 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27237 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
27238 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27239 buffer.
27241 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27242 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27243 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27244 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27245 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27246 `default-process-coding-system'.
27248 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27250 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27252 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
27253 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
27255 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27256 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27257 `*SQL*'.
27259 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
27260 automatic login.
27262 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27263 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27265 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
27266 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
27267 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
27268 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
27270 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27271 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
27272 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27273 buffer.
27275 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27276 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27277 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27278 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27279 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27280 `default-process-coding-system'.
27282 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27284 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27286 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
27287 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
27289 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27290 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27291 `*SQL*'.
27293 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
27294 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
27295 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
27296 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
27297 parameters.
27299 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
27300 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
27301 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
27302 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
27303 an empty password.
27305 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27306 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27308 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27309 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
27310 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27311 buffer.
27313 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27315 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27317 ;;;***
27319 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
27320 ;;;;;; (20585 59413 0 0))
27321 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
27323 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
27324 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
27326 \(fn)" t nil)
27328 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
27330 ;;;***
27332 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
27333 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
27334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
27336 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
27337 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
27338 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
27339 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
27340 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
27341 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
27342 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
27343 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
27344 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
27345 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
27346 with any buffer
27347 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
27348 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
27349 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
27350 GnuTLS requires a port number.
27352 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
27354 ;;;***
27356 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
27357 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
27358 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
27359 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
27360 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20600
27361 ;;;;;; 16892 0 0))
27362 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
27364 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
27365 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
27366 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
27367 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
27368 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
27369 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
27371 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
27373 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
27375 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
27376 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27377 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27378 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
27379 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
27380 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
27381 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27383 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27385 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27386 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27387 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27388 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
27389 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
27390 then complete the stroke with button 3.
27391 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27393 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27395 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
27396 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27397 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27399 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27401 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27402 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27403 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27405 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27407 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
27408 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
27410 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
27412 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
27413 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
27415 \(fn)" t nil)
27417 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
27418 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
27420 \(fn)" t nil)
27422 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
27423 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
27424 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
27425 chronologically by command name.
27426 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
27428 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
27430 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
27431 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
27432 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27433 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27434 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27435 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
27437 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
27439 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
27440 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
27441 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
27442 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27443 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27445 \\<strokes-mode-map>
27446 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
27447 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
27448 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
27449 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
27451 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
27452 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
27453 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
27454 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
27456 \\{strokes-mode-map}
27458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27460 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
27461 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
27462 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
27463 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
27465 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
27467 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27468 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
27470 \(fn)" t nil)
27472 ;;;***
27474 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
27475 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19765 60663 0 0))
27476 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
27478 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
27479 Studlify-case the region.
27481 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
27483 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
27484 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
27486 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
27488 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
27489 Studlify-case the current buffer.
27491 \(fn)" t nil)
27493 ;;;***
27495 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
27496 ;;;;;; (20535 44414 0 0))
27497 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
27499 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
27500 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
27501 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
27502 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27503 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27505 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
27506 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
27507 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
27508 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
27510 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
27511 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
27512 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
27514 Nomenclature Subwords
27515 ===========================================================
27516 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
27517 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
27518 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
27520 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
27521 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
27522 as words.
27524 \\{subword-mode-map}
27526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27528 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
27529 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
27530 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27531 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27532 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27533 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
27535 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
27537 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
27538 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
27539 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
27540 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
27541 ARG is omitted or nil.
27543 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
27544 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
27545 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
27547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27549 ;;;***
27551 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
27552 ;;;;;; (20577 48876 0 0))
27553 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
27555 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
27556 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
27557 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
27558 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
27559 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
27560 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
27561 original message but it does require a few things:
27563 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
27565 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
27566 reply buffer.
27568 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
27569 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
27570 original message.
27572 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
27574 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
27576 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
27577 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
27578 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
27580 \(fn)" nil nil)
27582 ;;;***
27584 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20244
27585 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
27586 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
27588 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
27590 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
27591 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
27592 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27594 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27595 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
27597 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
27599 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
27600 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
27601 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
27602 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27603 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27605 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
27606 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
27607 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
27609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27611 ;;;***
27613 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20244 35516
27614 ;;;;;; 0 0))
27615 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
27617 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
27618 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
27619 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27620 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27621 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27623 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27625 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
27626 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
27627 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
27628 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
27629 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27630 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27631 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27633 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27635 ;;;***
27637 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
27638 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
27639 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
27640 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
27641 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
27642 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
27643 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
27644 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
27645 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
27646 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
27647 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
27648 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
27649 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20589 46442 0 0))
27650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
27652 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
27653 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
27654 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
27656 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
27658 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
27659 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
27661 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
27663 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
27664 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
27666 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
27668 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
27669 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
27671 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
27673 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
27674 Insert an editable text table.
27675 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
27676 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
27677 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
27678 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
27679 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
27680 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
27681 delimiting them.
27683 Examples:
27685 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
27687 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
27688 location of point.
27692 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
27693 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
27694 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
27695 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
27696 first cell.
27698 +-----+-----+-----+
27699 |-!- | | |
27700 +-----+-----+-----+
27702 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
27704 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
27705 width, which results as
27707 +--------------+-----+-----+
27708 |-!- | | |
27709 +--------------+-----+-----+
27711 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
27712 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
27714 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27715 | | |-!- |
27716 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27718 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
27719 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
27720 width information to `table-insert'.
27722 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
27724 instead of
27726 Cell width(s): 5
27728 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
27729 work all together.
27731 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
27732 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
27734 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27735 |-!- | | |
27736 | | | |
27737 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27739 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
27741 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27742 |-!- | | |
27743 | | | |
27744 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27745 | | | |
27746 | | | |
27747 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27749 Move the point under the table as shown below.
27751 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27752 | | | |
27753 | | | |
27754 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27755 | | | |
27756 | | | |
27757 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27760 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
27761 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
27762 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
27764 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27765 | | | |
27766 | | | |
27767 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27768 | | | |
27769 | | | |
27770 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27771 |-!- | | |
27772 | | | |
27773 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27775 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
27776 results.
27778 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27779 | | | |
27780 | | | |
27781 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27782 | | |Text editing inside the table |
27783 | | |cell produces reasonably |
27784 | | |expected results.-!- |
27785 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27786 | | | |
27787 | | | |
27788 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27790 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
27792 \\{table-cell-map}
27794 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
27796 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
27797 Insert N table row(s).
27798 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
27799 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
27800 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
27801 are appended at the bottom of the table.
27803 \(fn N)" t nil)
27805 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
27806 Insert N table column(s).
27807 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
27808 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
27809 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
27810 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
27812 \(fn N)" t nil)
27814 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
27815 Insert row(s) or column(s).
27816 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
27818 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
27820 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
27821 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
27822 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
27823 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
27824 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
27825 all the table specific features.
27827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27829 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
27832 \(fn)" t nil)
27834 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
27835 Recognize all tables within region.
27836 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
27837 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
27838 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
27839 specific features.
27841 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
27843 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
27846 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27848 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
27849 Recognize a table at point.
27850 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
27851 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
27852 the table specific features.
27854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27856 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
27859 \(fn)" t nil)
27861 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
27862 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
27863 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
27864 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
27865 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
27866 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
27867 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
27869 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
27871 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
27874 \(fn)" t nil)
27876 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
27877 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
27878 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
27879 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
27880 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
27881 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
27882 specified.
27884 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27886 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
27887 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
27888 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
27889 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
27890 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
27891 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
27892 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
27893 table structure.
27895 \(fn N)" t nil)
27897 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
27898 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
27899 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
27900 table's rectangle structure.
27902 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27904 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
27905 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
27906 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
27907 table's rectangle structure.
27909 \(fn N)" t nil)
27911 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27912 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27913 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27914 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27915 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27917 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27919 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27920 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27921 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27923 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27924 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27925 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27926 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27927 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27928 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27929 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27931 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27932 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27933 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27934 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27935 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27936 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27937 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27939 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27940 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27941 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27942 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27943 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27944 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27945 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27946 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27948 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27950 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27951 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27952 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27953 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27957 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27958 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27959 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27961 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27963 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27964 Split current cell vertically.
27965 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27967 \(fn)" t nil)
27969 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27970 Split current cell horizontally.
27971 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27973 \(fn)" t nil)
27975 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27976 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27977 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27979 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27981 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27982 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27983 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27984 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27986 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27988 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27989 Justify cell contents.
27990 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27991 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27992 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27993 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27995 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27997 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27998 Justify cells of a row.
27999 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
28000 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
28002 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
28004 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
28005 Justify cells of a column.
28006 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
28007 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
28009 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
28011 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
28012 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
28013 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
28014 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
28015 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
28016 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
28017 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
28018 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
28019 run-time.
28021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28023 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
28024 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
28025 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
28026 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
28027 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
28028 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
28029 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
28030 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
28031 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
28032 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
28033 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
28035 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
28037 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
28038 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
28039 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
28040 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
28041 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
28042 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
28043 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
28044 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
28045 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
28046 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
28047 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
28048 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
28049 untouched.
28051 References used for this implementation:
28053 HTML:
28054 URL `http://www.w3.org'
28056 LaTeX:
28057 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
28059 CALS (DocBook DTD):
28060 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
28061 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
28063 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
28065 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
28066 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
28067 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
28068 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
28069 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
28070 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
28071 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
28072 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
28073 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
28074 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
28075 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
28076 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
28077 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
28078 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
28079 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
28080 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
28081 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
28083 Example:
28085 (progn
28086 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
28087 (table-forward-cell 15)
28088 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
28089 (table-forward-cell 16)
28090 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
28091 (table-forward-cell 1)
28092 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
28094 (progn
28095 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
28096 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
28097 (table-forward-cell 1)
28098 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
28100 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
28102 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
28103 Delete N row(s) of cells.
28104 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
28105 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
28106 consists from cells of same height.
28108 \(fn N)" t nil)
28110 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
28111 Delete N column(s) of cells.
28112 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
28113 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
28114 column must consists from cells of same width.
28116 \(fn N)" t nil)
28118 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
28119 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
28120 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
28121 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
28122 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
28123 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
28124 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
28125 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
28126 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
28127 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
28128 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
28129 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
28130 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
28131 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
28132 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
28135 Example 1:
28137 1, 2, 3, 4
28138 5, 6, 7, 8
28139 , 9, 10
28141 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
28142 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
28143 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
28144 specified as 5.
28146 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28147 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
28148 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28149 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
28150 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28151 | | 9 | 10 | |
28152 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28154 Note:
28156 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
28157 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
28158 of each row is optional.
28161 Example 2:
28163 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
28164 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
28165 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
28166 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
28167 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
28169 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
28170 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
28172 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
28173 expression and raw delimiter regular
28174 expression, it parses the specified text
28175 area and extracts cell items from
28176 non-table text and then forms a table out
28177 of them.
28179 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
28180 creates a single cell table. The text in
28181 the specified region is placed in that
28182 cell.-*-
28184 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
28185 like this.
28187 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28188 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
28189 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
28191 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
28192 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
28193 | expression, it parses the specified text |
28194 | area and extracts cell items from |
28195 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
28196 | of them. |
28198 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
28199 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
28200 | the specified region is placed in that |
28201 | cell. |
28202 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28204 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
28205 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
28206 independently.
28208 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28209 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
28210 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
28211 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28212 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
28213 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
28214 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
28215 | |area and extracts cell items from |
28216 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
28217 | |of them. |
28218 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28219 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
28220 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
28221 | |the specified region is placed in that |
28222 | |cell. |
28223 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28225 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
28226 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
28227 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
28229 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
28231 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
28232 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
28233 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
28234 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
28235 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
28237 \(fn)" t nil)
28239 ;;;***
28241 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20244 35516
28242 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28243 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
28245 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
28246 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
28248 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
28250 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
28251 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
28253 \(fn)" t nil)
28255 ;;;***
28257 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20585 55103
28258 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28259 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
28261 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
28262 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
28263 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
28264 Letters no longer insert themselves.
28265 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
28266 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
28267 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
28269 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
28270 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
28271 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
28272 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
28274 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
28275 \\{tar-mode-map}
28277 \(fn)" t nil)
28279 ;;;***
28281 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
28282 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20580 46629 0 0))
28283 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
28285 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
28286 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
28287 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
28288 Tab indents for Tcl code.
28289 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
28290 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28292 Variables controlling indentation style:
28293 `tcl-indent-level'
28294 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
28295 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
28296 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
28298 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
28299 documentation for details):
28300 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
28301 Controls action of TAB key.
28302 `tcl-auto-newline'
28303 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
28304 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
28305 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
28306 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
28307 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
28309 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
28310 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
28311 already exist.
28313 \(fn)" t nil)
28315 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
28316 Run inferior Tcl process.
28317 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
28318 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
28320 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
28322 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
28323 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
28324 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
28326 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
28328 ;;;***
28330 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20244 35516
28331 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28332 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
28334 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
28335 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
28336 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
28337 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
28339 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
28340 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
28341 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
28342 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
28343 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
28345 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
28347 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
28348 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
28349 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
28350 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
28352 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28354 ;;;***
28356 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
28357 ;;;;;; (20580 46629 0 0))
28358 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
28360 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
28361 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
28362 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
28363 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
28364 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
28365 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
28367 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
28369 (autoload 'term "term" "\
28370 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
28371 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
28372 commands to use in that buffer.
28374 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28376 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
28378 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
28379 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
28381 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
28383 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
28384 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
28385 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
28386 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
28387 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
28388 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
28389 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
28390 `serial-process-configure' for details.
28391 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
28392 use in that buffer.
28393 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28395 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
28397 ;;;***
28399 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20244
28400 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
28401 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
28403 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
28404 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
28405 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
28406 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
28407 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
28408 program as keyboard input.
28410 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
28411 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
28412 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
28413 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
28415 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
28416 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
28417 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
28418 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
28419 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
28421 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
28423 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
28424 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
28425 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
28426 terminal-redisplay-interval.
28428 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
28429 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
28430 subprocess started.
28432 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
28434 ;;;***
28436 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
28437 ;;;;;; (20579 15299 0 0))
28438 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
28440 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
28441 Start coverage on function under point.
28443 \(fn)" t nil)
28445 ;;;***
28447 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20550 14882
28448 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28449 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
28451 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
28452 Play the Tetris game.
28453 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
28454 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
28455 as to form complete rows.
28457 tetris-mode keybindings:
28458 \\<tetris-mode-map>
28459 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
28460 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
28461 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
28462 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
28463 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
28464 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
28465 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
28466 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
28468 \(fn)" t nil)
28470 ;;;***
28472 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
28473 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
28474 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28475 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
28476 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
28477 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
28478 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
28479 ;;;;;; (20600 16892 0 0))
28480 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
28482 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
28483 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
28485 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
28487 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
28488 Directory in which temporary files are written.
28489 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
28490 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
28491 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
28493 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
28495 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
28496 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
28497 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
28498 if it matches the first line of the file,
28499 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
28501 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
28503 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
28504 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
28505 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
28506 if the variable is non-nil.")
28508 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
28510 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
28511 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
28513 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
28515 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
28516 Command used to run TeX subjob.
28517 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28518 See the documentation of that variable.")
28520 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28522 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
28523 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
28524 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28525 See the documentation of that variable.")
28527 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28529 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
28530 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
28531 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28532 See the documentation of that variable.")
28534 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28536 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
28537 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
28538 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
28539 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
28540 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28542 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
28544 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
28545 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
28546 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
28547 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28549 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
28551 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
28552 User defined LaTeX block names.
28553 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
28555 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
28557 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
28558 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
28559 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28560 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28562 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
28564 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28565 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28566 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28567 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28569 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28571 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28572 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
28573 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28574 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
28576 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
28577 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
28578 for example,
28580 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28581 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
28583 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
28584 use.")
28586 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28588 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
28589 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
28590 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
28591 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28592 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
28594 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
28596 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
28598 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
28599 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
28600 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
28602 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
28604 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
28605 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
28606 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
28607 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
28608 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
28610 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
28612 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28613 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28615 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
28617 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28618 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28620 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
28622 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28623 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
28624 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
28625 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
28626 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
28627 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
28628 says which mode to use.
28630 \(fn)" t nil)
28632 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
28634 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
28636 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
28638 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28639 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
28640 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28641 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28642 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28644 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
28645 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
28646 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28647 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28648 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28649 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28650 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28652 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28653 mismatched $'s or braces.
28655 Special commands:
28656 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
28658 Mode variables:
28659 tex-run-command
28660 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28661 tex-directory
28662 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
28663 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28664 tex-dvi-print-command
28665 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28666 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28667 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28668 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28669 tex-dvi-view-command
28670 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28671 tex-show-queue-command
28672 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28673 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28675 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28676 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
28677 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28679 \(fn)" t nil)
28681 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28682 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
28683 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28684 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28685 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28687 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28688 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28689 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28690 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28691 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28692 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28693 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28695 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28696 mismatched $'s or braces.
28698 Special commands:
28699 \\{latex-mode-map}
28701 Mode variables:
28702 latex-run-command
28703 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28704 tex-directory
28705 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
28706 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28707 tex-dvi-print-command
28708 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28709 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28710 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28711 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28712 tex-dvi-view-command
28713 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28714 tex-show-queue-command
28715 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28716 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28718 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
28719 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
28720 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28722 \(fn)" t nil)
28724 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28725 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
28726 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28727 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28728 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28730 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28731 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28732 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28733 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28734 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28735 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28736 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28738 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28739 mismatched $'s or braces.
28741 Special commands:
28742 \\{slitex-mode-map}
28744 Mode variables:
28745 slitex-run-command
28746 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28747 tex-directory
28748 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
28749 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28750 tex-dvi-print-command
28751 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28752 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28753 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28754 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28755 tex-dvi-view-command
28756 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28757 tex-show-queue-command
28758 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28759 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28761 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28762 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
28763 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
28764 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28766 \(fn)" t nil)
28768 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
28771 \(fn)" nil nil)
28773 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28774 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
28776 \(fn)" t nil)
28778 ;;;***
28780 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28781 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20434 28080 0 0))
28782 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
28784 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
28785 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
28786 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28787 name specified in the @setfilename command.
28789 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
28790 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
28791 `Info-split' to do these manually.
28793 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28795 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
28796 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
28797 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
28798 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
28799 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
28801 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
28803 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
28804 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
28805 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28806 names specified in the @setfilename command.
28808 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
28809 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
28810 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
28811 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
28813 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
28814 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
28816 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28818 ;;;***
28820 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
28821 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
28822 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
28824 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28825 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28827 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
28829 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28830 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28832 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
28834 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
28835 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
28837 It has these extra commands:
28838 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
28840 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
28841 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
28842 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
28843 modified version of TeX input format.
28845 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
28846 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
28847 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
28848 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
28850 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
28851 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
28852 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
28853 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
28854 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
28855 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
28856 in the Texinfo file.
28858 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
28859 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
28860 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
28861 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
28862 move forward past the closing brace.
28864 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
28865 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
28867 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
28868 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
28869 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
28871 Here are the functions:
28873 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
28874 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
28875 texinfo-sequential-node-update
28877 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
28878 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
28879 texinfo-master-menu
28881 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
28883 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
28884 which menu descriptions are indented.
28886 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
28887 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
28888 in the region.
28890 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
28891 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
28892 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
28893 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
28895 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
28896 be the first node in the file.
28898 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
28899 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
28901 \(fn)" t nil)
28903 ;;;***
28905 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
28906 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
28907 ;;;;;; (20276 3849 0 0))
28908 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
28910 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
28911 Compose Thai characters in the region.
28912 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28913 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28915 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28917 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28918 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28920 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28922 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28923 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28925 \(fn)" t nil)
28927 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28930 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28932 ;;;***
28934 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28935 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28936 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20419 46656 0 0))
28937 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28939 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28940 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28941 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28942 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28943 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28944 `line', and `page'.
28946 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28948 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28949 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28950 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28951 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28952 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28953 `line', and `page'.
28955 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
28956 valid THING.
28958 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
28959 positions of the thing found.
28961 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28963 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28964 Return the THING at point.
28965 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28966 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28967 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28968 `line', and `page'.
28970 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28971 a symbol as a valid THING.
28973 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28975 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28976 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28978 \(fn)" nil nil)
28980 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28981 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28983 \(fn)" nil nil)
28985 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28986 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28988 \(fn)" nil nil)
28990 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28991 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28993 \(fn)" nil nil)
28995 ;;;***
28997 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28998 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28999 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
29000 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
29002 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
29003 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
29005 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
29007 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
29008 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
29009 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
29010 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
29012 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
29014 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
29015 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
29017 \(fn)" t nil)
29019 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
29020 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
29022 \(fn)" t nil)
29024 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
29026 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
29027 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
29029 \(fn)" t nil)
29031 ;;;***
29033 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
29034 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
29035 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
29036 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
29037 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20356
29038 ;;;;;; 35090 0 0))
29039 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
29041 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
29042 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
29043 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
29045 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
29047 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
29048 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
29050 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29052 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
29053 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
29054 The returned string has no composition information.
29056 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29058 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
29059 Compose Tibetan string STR.
29061 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29063 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
29064 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
29066 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
29068 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
29069 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
29070 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
29071 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
29073 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29075 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
29076 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
29077 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
29078 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
29080 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29082 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
29083 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
29084 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
29086 \(fn)" t nil)
29088 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
29089 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
29090 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
29092 \(fn)" t nil)
29094 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
29097 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29099 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
29102 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29104 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
29107 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29109 ;;;***
29111 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
29112 ;;;;;; (20373 41604 0 0))
29113 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
29115 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
29116 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
29117 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
29118 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
29119 parameters.
29120 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
29122 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
29124 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
29125 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
29126 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
29127 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
29128 parameters.
29129 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
29131 \(fn)" t nil)
29133 ;;;***
29135 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
29136 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
29137 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
29138 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
29140 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
29141 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
29143 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
29144 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
29146 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
29147 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
29148 This display updates automatically every minute.
29149 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
29150 are displayed as well.
29151 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
29153 \(fn)" t nil)
29155 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
29156 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
29157 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29158 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29159 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29160 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
29162 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
29164 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
29165 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
29166 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
29167 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29168 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
29170 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
29171 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
29172 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
29173 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
29174 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
29176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29178 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
29179 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
29180 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
29181 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
29183 \(fn)" t nil)
29185 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
29186 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
29187 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
29188 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
29190 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
29192 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
29193 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
29195 \(fn)" t nil)
29197 ;;;***
29199 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
29200 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
29201 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
29202 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
29203 ;;;;;; (20452 57825 0 0))
29204 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
29206 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
29207 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
29208 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
29210 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29211 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
29212 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
29213 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
29214 (progn
29215 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
29216 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
29217 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
29219 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
29220 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
29222 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
29224 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
29225 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
29227 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29229 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
29230 Convert DAYS into a time value.
29232 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
29234 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
29235 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
29236 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
29238 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29240 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
29242 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
29243 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
29244 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
29246 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29248 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
29249 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
29251 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29253 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
29254 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
29255 DATE should be a date-time string.
29257 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29259 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
29260 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
29261 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
29263 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
29265 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
29266 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
29268 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
29270 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
29271 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
29273 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29275 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
29276 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
29277 TIME should be a time value.
29278 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
29280 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29282 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
29283 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
29284 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
29286 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29288 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
29289 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
29290 The valid format specifiers are:
29291 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
29292 %d is the number of days.
29293 %h is the number of hours.
29294 %m is the number of minutes.
29295 %s is the number of seconds.
29296 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
29297 %% is a literal \"%\".
29299 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
29300 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
29302 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
29303 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
29304 return something of the form \"001 year\".
29306 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
29307 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
29308 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
29310 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
29312 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
29314 ;;;***
29316 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
29317 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
29318 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
29319 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29320 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
29321 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
29322 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29323 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29324 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29325 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
29326 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29328 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
29329 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
29330 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
29331 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
29332 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
29333 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
29334 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
29335 look like one of the following:
29336 Time-stamp: <>
29337 Time-stamp: \" \"
29338 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
29339 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
29340 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
29341 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
29342 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
29343 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
29344 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
29345 the template.
29347 \(fn)" t nil)
29349 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
29350 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
29351 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
29353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29355 ;;;***
29357 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
29358 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
29359 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
29360 ;;;;;; timeclock-mode-line-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
29361 ;;;;;; (20600 16892 0 0))
29362 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
29364 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
29365 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
29366 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
29367 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
29368 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
29369 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
29370 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
29371 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
29372 display (non-nil means on).
29374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29376 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
29377 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29378 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
29379 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
29380 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
29381 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
29382 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
29383 this function is called within a day.
29385 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
29386 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
29387 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
29388 discover the name of the project.
29390 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
29392 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
29393 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29394 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
29395 begun during the last time segment.
29397 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
29398 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
29399 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
29400 discover the reason.
29402 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
29404 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
29405 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
29406 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
29407 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
29408 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
29410 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29412 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
29413 Change to working on a different project.
29414 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
29415 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
29416 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
29417 working on.
29419 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
29421 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
29422 Ask the user whether to clock out.
29423 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
29425 \(fn)" nil nil)
29427 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
29428 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
29429 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
29431 \(fn)" t nil)
29433 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
29434 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
29435 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
29436 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
29437 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
29438 \"relative to today\".
29440 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29442 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
29443 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
29444 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
29445 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
29447 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
29449 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
29450 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
29451 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
29452 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
29453 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
29454 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
29456 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29458 ;;;***
29460 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
29461 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20290 33419 0 0))
29462 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
29464 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29465 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
29466 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
29467 the generated Quail package is saved.
29469 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
29471 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29472 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
29473 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
29474 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
29475 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
29476 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
29477 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
29479 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
29481 ;;;***
29483 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
29484 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20432 55251 0 0))
29485 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
29486 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
29487 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
29489 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
29490 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29491 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29492 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
29493 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
29495 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
29497 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
29498 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29499 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
29500 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
29501 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29503 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
29505 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
29506 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
29507 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
29508 in the menu in two ways:
29509 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
29510 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
29511 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
29513 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
29514 keymap or an alist of alists.
29515 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
29516 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
29518 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
29520 ;;;***
29522 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
29523 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
29524 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
29525 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
29527 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
29528 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
29530 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
29532 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
29533 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
29535 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
29537 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
29538 Insert new TODO list entry.
29539 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
29540 category.
29542 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29544 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
29545 List top priorities for each category.
29547 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
29548 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
29550 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
29551 between each category.
29552 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
29554 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
29556 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
29557 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
29558 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
29559 between each category.
29561 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
29563 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
29565 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
29566 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
29568 \(fn)" t nil)
29570 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
29571 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
29573 \(fn)" nil nil)
29575 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
29576 Show TODO list.
29578 \(fn)" t nil)
29580 ;;;***
29582 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
29583 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
29584 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20290 33419 0 0))
29585 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
29587 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
29588 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
29589 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
29591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29593 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
29594 Add an item to the tool bar.
29595 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29596 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29597 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29598 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29600 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29601 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29602 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29603 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29605 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29606 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
29608 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29610 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
29611 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
29612 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29613 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29614 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29615 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29617 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29618 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29619 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29620 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29622 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29624 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29625 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
29626 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
29627 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29628 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29629 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29630 properties to add to the binding.
29632 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
29634 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29635 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
29637 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29639 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29640 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
29641 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
29642 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29643 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29644 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29645 properties to add to the binding.
29647 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
29648 holds a keymap.
29650 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29652 ;;;***
29654 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
29655 ;;;;;; (20567 31133 0 0))
29656 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
29658 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
29659 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
29660 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29661 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29662 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29663 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
29665 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
29667 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
29668 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
29669 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
29670 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
29671 if ARG is omitted or nil.
29673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29675 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
29677 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
29678 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
29680 \(fn)" t nil)
29682 ;;;***
29684 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29685 ;;;;;; (20567 31133 0 0))
29686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
29688 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
29689 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
29691 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
29692 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
29693 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
29694 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
29695 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
29697 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
29698 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
29699 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
29700 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
29701 you might go about doing that in your init file.
29703 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
29704 (tpu-edt)
29706 Known Problems:
29708 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
29709 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
29710 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
29711 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
29712 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
29713 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
29715 \(fn)" t nil)
29717 ;;;***
29719 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20244 35516
29720 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
29723 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
29724 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
29725 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
29726 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
29727 to a tcp server on another machine.
29729 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
29731 ;;;***
29733 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
29734 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
29735 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
29737 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
29738 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
29740 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
29742 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
29743 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
29744 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
29745 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
29746 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
29747 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
29748 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
29749 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
29751 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29753 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
29754 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
29755 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
29756 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
29757 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
29758 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
29759 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
29760 the window or buffer configuration.
29762 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
29764 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29766 ;;;***
29768 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
29769 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
29770 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
29771 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20600 16892 0 0))
29772 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
29774 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
29775 Whether Tramp is enabled.
29776 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
29778 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
29780 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
29781 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
29783 It can have the following values:
29785 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
29786 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
29787 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
29789 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
29791 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
29792 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29793 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
29794 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29796 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29798 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
29799 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29800 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29801 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29803 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/|:]+://" "\
29804 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29805 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29807 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29808 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
29809 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
29810 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
29811 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
29812 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
29813 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
29814 files which are not really Tramp files.
29816 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29817 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29818 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29819 updated after changing this variable.
29821 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29823 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
29824 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29825 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
29826 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29828 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29830 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
29831 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29832 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29833 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29835 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
29836 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29837 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29839 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29840 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
29841 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
29843 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29844 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29845 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29846 updated after changing this variable.
29848 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29850 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
29851 Alist of completion handler functions.
29852 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
29853 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
29854 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
29856 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29857 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
29858 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29859 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29861 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29862 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29863 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29864 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29866 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29867 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29868 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29870 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29872 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29873 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29874 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29876 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
29877 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
29879 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
29881 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29884 \(fn)" nil nil)
29886 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29887 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29889 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29891 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29892 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29894 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29896 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29897 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29899 \(fn)" t nil)
29901 ;;;***
29903 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29904 ;;;;;; (20438 17064 0 0))
29905 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29907 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29910 \(fn)" nil nil)
29912 ;;;***
29914 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20585
29915 ;;;;;; 55103 0 0))
29916 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29918 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29919 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29920 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29921 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29922 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29923 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29924 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29925 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29927 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29928 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29929 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29931 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29932 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29933 resumed later.
29935 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29937 ;;;***
29939 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29940 ;;;;;; (19765 60663 0 0))
29941 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29943 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29946 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29948 ;;;***
29950 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29951 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20567 31133 0 0))
29952 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29953 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29954 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29955 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29957 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29958 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29959 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29960 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29961 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29962 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29963 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29965 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29967 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29968 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29969 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29970 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29972 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29974 \(fn)" t nil)
29976 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29977 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29978 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29979 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29980 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29981 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29982 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29984 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29985 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29987 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29988 \\___/\\
29989 / \\
29990 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29992 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29994 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29996 ;;;***
29998 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29999 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
30000 ;;;;;; (20581 48325 0 0))
30001 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
30003 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
30004 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
30005 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30006 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30007 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30008 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
30010 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
30012 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
30013 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
30014 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
30016 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
30017 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
30018 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
30019 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
30020 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
30021 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
30022 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
30024 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
30025 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
30027 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
30028 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
30029 reset the keystroke counter.
30031 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
30032 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
30033 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
30034 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
30036 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
30037 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
30038 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
30039 `type-break-schedule' command.
30041 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
30042 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
30043 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
30044 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
30045 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
30046 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
30047 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
30048 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
30049 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
30051 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
30052 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
30053 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
30054 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
30055 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
30057 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
30058 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
30059 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
30060 approximate good values for this.
30062 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
30063 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
30065 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
30066 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
30067 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
30068 `type-break-warning-repeat'
30069 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
30070 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
30072 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
30073 a typing break occur. They include:
30075 `type-break-query-mode'
30076 `type-break-query-function'
30077 `type-break-query-interval'
30079 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
30081 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
30082 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
30083 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
30084 problems.
30086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30088 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
30089 Take a typing break.
30091 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
30092 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
30094 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
30095 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
30097 \(fn)" t nil)
30099 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
30100 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
30101 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
30102 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
30104 \(fn)" t nil)
30106 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
30107 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
30109 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
30110 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
30111 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
30112 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
30113 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
30114 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
30115 average typing speed.)
30117 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
30118 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
30119 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
30120 the computed maximum threshold.
30122 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
30123 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
30124 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
30125 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
30126 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
30128 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
30130 ;;;***
30132 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20567 31133
30133 ;;;;;; 0 0))
30134 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
30136 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
30137 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
30138 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
30139 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
30140 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
30142 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
30144 ;;;***
30146 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
30147 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
30148 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
30149 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
30150 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
30151 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
30152 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
30154 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30155 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
30157 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30159 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30160 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
30162 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30164 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30165 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
30167 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30169 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30170 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
30172 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30174 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30175 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
30177 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30179 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30180 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
30182 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30184 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30185 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
30187 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30189 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30190 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
30192 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30194 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30195 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30197 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30199 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30200 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30202 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30204 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30205 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30207 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30209 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30210 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30212 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30214 ;;;***
30216 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
30217 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
30218 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
30220 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
30221 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
30222 Works by overstriking underscores.
30223 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
30224 which specify the range to operate on.
30226 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30228 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
30229 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
30230 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
30231 which specify the range to operate on.
30233 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30235 ;;;***
30237 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
30238 ;;;;;; (20373 41604 0 0))
30239 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
30241 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
30242 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
30243 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
30244 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
30245 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
30246 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
30248 \(fn)" nil nil)
30250 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
30251 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
30253 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
30255 ;;;***
30257 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20244
30258 ;;;;;; 35516 0 0))
30259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
30261 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
30262 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
30263 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
30264 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
30266 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
30268 ;;;***
30270 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
30271 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
30272 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
30274 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
30275 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30276 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
30277 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
30278 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
30280 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
30281 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
30282 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
30283 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
30284 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
30285 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
30287 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
30288 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
30289 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
30291 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
30292 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
30293 the callback is not called).
30295 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
30296 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
30297 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
30298 take effect.
30300 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
30301 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
30302 the server.
30303 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
30304 URL-encoded before it's used.
30306 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
30308 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
30309 Retrieve URL synchronously.
30310 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
30311 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
30312 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
30314 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30316 ;;;***
30318 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
30319 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
30320 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
30322 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
30323 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
30324 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
30326 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
30327 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
30328 `url-generic-parse-url'
30329 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
30330 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
30331 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
30332 realm
30333 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
30334 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
30335 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
30336 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
30337 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
30338 what type of auth to use
30339 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
30340 if one cannot be found in the cache
30342 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
30344 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
30345 Register an HTTP authentication method.
30347 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
30348 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
30349 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
30350 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
30351 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
30352 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
30353 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
30354 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
30356 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
30358 ;;;***
30360 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
30361 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20276 3849 0 0))
30362 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
30364 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
30365 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
30367 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
30369 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
30370 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
30371 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
30373 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30375 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
30376 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
30378 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
30380 ;;;***
30382 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20244 35516
30383 ;;;;;; 0 0))
30384 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
30386 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
30389 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30391 ;;;***
30393 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-request url-dav-supported-p)
30394 ;;;;;; "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
30395 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
30397 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
30398 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
30399 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
30401 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30403 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
30404 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
30405 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
30406 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
30408 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
30409 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
30410 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
30411 though.
30413 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
30415 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
30416 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
30417 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
30419 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
30421 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
30424 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30426 ;;;***
30428 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20511
30429 ;;;;;; 52965 0 0))
30430 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
30432 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
30433 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
30435 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30437 ;;;***
30439 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
30440 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
30441 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
30443 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
30444 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
30446 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
30448 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
30449 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
30450 Args per `open-network-stream'.
30451 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
30452 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
30454 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
30456 ;;;***
30458 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
30459 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
30460 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
30461 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
30463 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
30464 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
30465 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30466 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30467 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30468 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
30470 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
30472 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
30473 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
30474 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
30475 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30476 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30480 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
30481 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
30482 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
30483 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
30485 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30487 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
30488 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
30489 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
30490 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
30491 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
30492 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
30493 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
30494 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
30495 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
30496 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
30498 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
30500 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
30501 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
30502 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
30503 accessible.
30505 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
30507 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
30510 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
30512 ;;;***
30514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20589 46442 0
30515 ;;;;;; 0))
30516 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
30517 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
30519 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
30520 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
30521 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
30522 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
30523 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
30525 ;;;***
30527 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20244 35516
30528 ;;;;;; 0 0))
30529 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
30531 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
30534 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30536 ;;;***
30538 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20356
30539 ;;;;;; 35090 0 0))
30540 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
30542 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
30543 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
30544 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
30545 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
30546 `url-generic-parse-url'.
30548 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30550 ;;;***
30552 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
30553 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
30554 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
30556 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
30559 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30561 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
30562 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
30564 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30566 ;;;***
30568 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
30569 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
30570 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
30572 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
30573 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
30575 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30577 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
30578 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
30580 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30582 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
30585 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30587 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30589 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30591 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30593 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
30594 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
30596 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30598 ;;;***
30600 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
30601 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
30602 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
30604 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
30607 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30609 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
30612 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30614 ;;;***
30616 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
30617 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
30618 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
30619 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
30621 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
30624 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30626 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
30629 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
30631 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
30634 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30636 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
30639 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30641 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
30644 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
30646 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
30649 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
30651 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
30654 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
30656 ;;;***
30658 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
30659 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
30660 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
30662 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
30663 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
30665 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
30667 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
30668 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
30669 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
30671 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
30672 USER is the user name (string or nil).
30673 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
30674 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
30675 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
30676 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
30677 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
30678 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
30679 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
30680 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
30681 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
30682 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
30683 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
30684 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
30686 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
30687 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
30688 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
30690 Here is an example. The URL
30692 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
30694 parses to
30696 TYPE = \"foo\"
30697 USER = \"bob\"
30698 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
30699 HOST = \"example.com\"
30700 PORTSPEC = 42
30701 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
30702 TARGET = \"nose\"
30703 ATTRIBUTES = nil
30704 FULLNESS = t
30706 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30708 ;;;***
30710 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
30711 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
30712 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
30714 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
30715 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
30717 \(fn)" t nil)
30719 ;;;***
30721 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
30722 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
30723 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
30725 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
30726 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30727 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
30728 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
30729 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
30730 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
30732 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
30734 ;;;***
30736 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
30737 ;;;;;; url-encode-url url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-build-query-string
30738 ;;;;;; url-parse-query-string url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory
30739 ;;;;;; url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces
30740 ;;;;;; url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message
30741 ;;;;;; url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args
30742 ;;;;;; url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20585
30743 ;;;;;; 55103 0 0))
30744 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
30746 (defvar url-debug nil "\
30747 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
30748 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
30750 If t, all messages will be logged.
30751 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
30752 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
30754 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
30756 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
30759 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30761 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
30764 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
30766 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
30767 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
30768 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
30769 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
30770 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
30771 & ==> &amp;
30772 < ==> &lt;
30773 > ==> &gt;
30774 \" ==> &quot;
30776 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30778 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
30779 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
30780 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
30782 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30784 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
30785 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
30786 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
30788 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30790 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
30791 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
30793 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
30795 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
30796 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
30798 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30800 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
30801 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
30803 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30805 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
30808 \(fn N)" nil nil)
30810 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
30813 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30815 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
30818 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
30820 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
30822 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
30823 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
30825 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30827 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
30828 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
30830 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30832 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
30835 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30837 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
30838 Build a query-string.
30840 Given a QUERY in the form:
30841 '((key1 val1)
30842 (key2 val2)
30843 (key3 val1 val2)
30844 (key4)
30845 (key5 \"\"))
30847 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
30849 This will return a string
30850 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
30851 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
30852 be used.
30854 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
30856 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
30857 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
30859 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
30861 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
30862 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
30863 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
30864 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
30865 forbidden in URL encoding.
30867 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30869 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
30870 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
30871 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
30872 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
30873 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
30874 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
30876 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
30877 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
30878 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
30879 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
30881 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
30883 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
30884 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
30885 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
30886 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
30887 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
30888 should return it unchanged.
30890 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30892 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
30893 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
30894 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
30895 of the file with the extension stripped off.
30897 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
30899 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
30900 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
30901 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
30903 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
30905 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
30906 View the current document's URL.
30907 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
30908 the minibuffer.
30910 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
30912 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
30914 ;;;***
30916 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
30917 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20553 63503 0 0))
30918 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
30920 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
30921 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
30922 This function has a choice of three things to do:
30923 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
30924 to refrain from editing the file
30925 return t (grab the lock on the file)
30926 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
30927 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
30928 in any way you like.
30930 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
30932 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
30933 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
30934 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
30935 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30936 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30938 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30939 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30941 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
30943 ;;;***
30945 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30946 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30947 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
30948 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30950 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30953 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30955 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30958 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30960 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30963 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30965 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30968 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30970 ;;;***
30972 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20244 35516
30973 ;;;;;; 0 0))
30974 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
30976 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
30977 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
30979 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
30981 ;;;***
30983 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30984 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30985 ;;;;;; (20356 35090 0 0))
30986 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30988 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30989 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30990 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30991 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30993 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30995 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30996 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30997 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30999 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
31001 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
31002 Uudecode region between START and END.
31003 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
31005 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
31007 ;;;***
31009 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
31010 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
31011 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
31012 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
31013 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
31014 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
31015 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20580
31016 ;;;;;; 46629 0 0))
31017 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
31019 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
31020 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
31021 See `run-hooks'.")
31023 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
31025 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
31026 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
31027 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
31029 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
31031 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
31032 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
31033 See `run-hooks'.")
31035 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
31037 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
31038 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
31039 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
31040 same state. If not, signal an error.
31042 For merging-based version control systems:
31043 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
31044 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
31045 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
31046 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
31047 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
31048 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
31050 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
31051 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
31052 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
31053 the file(s) for editing.
31054 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
31055 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
31056 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
31057 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
31058 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
31059 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
31061 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
31063 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
31064 Register into a version control system.
31065 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
31066 Otherwise register the current file.
31067 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
31068 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
31070 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
31071 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
31072 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
31073 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
31074 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
31075 first backend that could register the file is used.
31077 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
31079 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
31080 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
31082 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
31084 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
31085 Display diffs between file revisions.
31086 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
31087 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
31088 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
31090 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
31091 saving the buffer.
31093 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31095 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
31096 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
31097 repository history using ediff.
31099 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
31101 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
31102 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
31103 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
31104 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
31105 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
31107 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
31108 saving the buffer.
31110 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31112 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
31113 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
31114 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
31115 fileset with the working revision.
31116 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
31117 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
31119 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
31120 saving the buffer.
31122 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31124 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
31125 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
31126 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
31127 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
31129 \(fn REV)" t nil)
31131 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
31132 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
31133 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
31134 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
31136 \(fn)" t nil)
31138 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
31139 Perform a version control merge operation.
31140 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
31141 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
31142 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
31143 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
31145 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
31146 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
31147 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
31148 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
31149 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
31150 changes from the current branch.
31152 \(fn)" t nil)
31154 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
31156 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
31157 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
31158 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
31159 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
31160 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
31161 checked out in that new branch.
31163 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
31165 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
31166 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
31167 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
31168 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
31169 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
31170 allowed and simply skipped).
31172 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
31174 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
31175 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
31176 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
31177 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
31178 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
31180 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
31181 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
31183 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
31185 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
31186 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
31187 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
31188 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
31189 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
31191 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
31193 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
31194 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
31195 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
31197 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
31199 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
31200 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
31201 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
31203 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
31205 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
31206 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
31207 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
31208 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
31210 \(fn)" t nil)
31212 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
31213 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
31214 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
31215 depending on the underlying version-control system.
31217 \(fn)" t nil)
31219 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
31221 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
31222 Update the current fileset or branch.
31223 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
31224 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
31225 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
31226 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
31228 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
31229 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
31230 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
31231 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
31232 tip revision are merged into the working file.
31234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31236 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
31238 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
31239 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
31240 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
31241 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
31242 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
31243 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
31244 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
31246 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
31248 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
31249 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
31250 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
31251 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
31252 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
31253 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
31254 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
31255 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
31256 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
31258 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
31260 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
31261 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
31263 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31265 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
31266 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
31268 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
31270 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
31271 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
31272 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
31273 directory.
31275 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
31277 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
31278 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
31279 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
31281 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
31282 log entries should be gathered.
31284 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
31286 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
31287 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
31289 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
31291 ;;;***
31293 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
31294 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
31295 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
31297 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
31298 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
31300 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
31301 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
31302 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
31303 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
31304 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
31305 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
31307 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
31308 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
31309 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
31310 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
31311 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
31312 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
31313 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
31314 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
31316 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
31318 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
31320 Customization variables:
31322 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
31323 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
31324 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
31325 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
31327 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
31329 ;;;***
31331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
31332 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
31333 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
31334 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
31335 (progn
31336 (load "vc-arch")
31337 (vc-arch-registered file))))
31339 ;;;***
31341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20585 55103 0 0))
31342 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
31344 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
31345 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
31347 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
31348 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
31349 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
31350 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
31351 (progn
31352 (load "vc-bzr")
31353 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
31355 ;;;***
31357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20544 52783 0 0))
31358 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
31359 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
31360 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
31361 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
31362 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
31363 (load "vc-cvs")
31364 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
31366 ;;;***
31368 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20522 30367 0
31369 ;;;;;; 0))
31370 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
31372 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
31373 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
31374 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
31375 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
31376 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
31378 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
31379 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
31380 The file lines appear later.
31382 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
31383 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
31385 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
31387 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
31389 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
31391 ;;;***
31393 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
31394 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
31395 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
31397 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
31398 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
31399 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
31400 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
31401 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
31402 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
31403 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
31404 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
31405 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
31406 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
31407 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
31408 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
31409 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
31410 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
31411 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
31413 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
31415 ;;;***
31417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20589 46442 0 0))
31418 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
31419 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
31420 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
31421 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
31422 (progn
31423 (load "vc-git")
31424 (vc-git-registered file))))
31426 ;;;***
31428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20511 52965 0 0))
31429 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
31430 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
31431 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
31432 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
31433 (progn
31434 (load "vc-hg")
31435 (vc-hg-registered file))))
31437 ;;;***
31439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20523 62975 0 0))
31440 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
31442 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
31443 Name of the monotone directory.")
31445 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
31446 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
31447 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
31448 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
31449 (progn
31450 (load "vc-mtn")
31451 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
31453 ;;;***
31455 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
31456 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
31457 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
31459 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
31460 Where to look for RCS master files.
31461 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31463 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
31465 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
31467 ;;;***
31469 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
31470 ;;;;;; (20585 55103 0 0))
31471 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
31473 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
31474 Where to look for SCCS master files.
31475 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31477 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
31479 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
31481 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
31482 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
31483 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
31484 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
31486 ;;;***
31488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20318 5885 0 0))
31489 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
31490 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
31491 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
31492 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
31493 "_svn")
31494 (t ".svn"))))
31495 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
31496 (load "vc-svn")
31497 (vc-svn-registered f))))
31499 ;;;***
31501 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
31502 ;;;;;; (20577 48876 0 0))
31503 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
31504 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
31506 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
31507 Major mode for editing Vera code.
31509 Usage:
31510 ------
31512 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
31513 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
31514 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
31515 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
31517 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
31518 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
31519 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
31520 completions.
31522 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
31523 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
31525 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
31526 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31528 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
31529 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
31530 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
31532 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
31535 Maintenance:
31536 ------------
31538 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
31539 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31541 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
31543 Official distribution is at
31544 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
31547 The Vera Mode Maintainer
31548 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
31550 Key bindings:
31551 -------------
31553 \\{vera-mode-map}
31555 \(fn)" t nil)
31557 ;;;***
31559 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
31560 ;;;;;; (20600 16892 0 0))
31561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
31563 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
31564 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
31565 \\<verilog-mode-map>
31566 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
31567 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
31569 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
31571 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
31572 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
31574 Supports highlighting.
31576 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
31577 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
31579 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
31581 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
31582 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
31583 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
31584 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
31585 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
31586 on the left side of your screen.
31587 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
31588 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
31589 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
31590 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
31591 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
31592 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
31593 function keyword.
31594 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
31595 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
31596 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
31597 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
31598 if (a)
31599 begin
31600 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
31601 Indentation for case statements.
31602 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
31603 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
31604 mark after an end.
31605 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
31606 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
31607 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
31608 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
31609 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
31610 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
31611 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
31612 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
31613 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
31614 if (a)
31615 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
31616 otherwise you get:
31617 if (a)
31618 begin
31619 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
31620 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
31621 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
31622 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
31623 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
31624 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
31625 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
31626 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
31627 comments in tight quarters.
31628 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
31629 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
31631 Variables controlling other actions:
31633 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
31634 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
31635 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
31637 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
31639 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
31641 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
31642 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
31643 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
31645 Some other functions are:
31647 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
31648 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
31649 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
31650 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
31651 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
31653 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
31654 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
31655 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
31656 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
31658 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
31659 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
31660 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
31661 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31662 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
31663 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
31664 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
31665 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
31666 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
31667 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
31668 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
31669 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
31670 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
31671 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
31672 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
31673 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31674 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31675 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31676 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
31677 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
31678 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
31679 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
31680 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
31681 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
31682 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
31683 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
31684 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
31685 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
31686 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
31687 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
31689 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
31690 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
31692 \\{verilog-mode-map}
31694 \(fn)" t nil)
31696 ;;;***
31698 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
31699 ;;;;;; (20600 16892 0 0))
31700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
31702 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
31703 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
31705 Usage:
31706 ------
31708 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
31709 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
31710 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
31711 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
31712 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
31713 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
31714 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
31715 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
31716 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
31718 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
31719 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
31720 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
31721 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
31723 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
31724 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
31725 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
31726 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
31727 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
31729 Template styles can be customized in customization group
31730 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
31733 HEADER INSERTION:
31734 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
31735 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
31736 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
31739 STUTTERING:
31740 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
31741 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
31742 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
31743 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
31745 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
31746 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
31747 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
31748 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
31749 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
31752 WORD COMPLETION:
31753 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
31754 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
31755 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
31756 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
31758 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
31759 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
31760 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
31761 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
31762 beginning with \"std\").
31764 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
31765 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
31766 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
31767 stop.
31770 COMMENTS:
31771 `--' puts a single comment.
31772 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
31773 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
31774 with a comment in between.
31775 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
31776 out following lines.
31777 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
31778 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
31779 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
31780 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
31782 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
31783 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
31784 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
31785 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
31786 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
31787 non-nil.
31789 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
31790 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
31791 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
31792 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
31793 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
31794 multi-line comments.
31797 INDENTATION:
31798 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
31799 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
31800 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
31801 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
31802 the entire region.
31804 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
31805 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
31806 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
31807 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
31809 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
31810 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
31811 and vice versa.
31813 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
31814 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
31816 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
31817 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
31818 line.
31821 ALIGNMENT:
31822 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
31823 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
31824 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
31825 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
31826 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
31827 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
31828 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
31829 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
31831 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
31832 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
31833 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
31834 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
31835 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
31836 is non-nil.
31838 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
31839 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
31840 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
31842 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
31843 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
31846 CODE FILLING:
31847 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
31848 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
31849 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
31850 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
31851 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
31852 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
31855 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
31856 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
31857 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
31858 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
31859 command:
31861 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
31864 PORT TRANSLATION:
31865 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
31866 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
31867 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
31868 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
31869 internal signal initializations (menu).
31871 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
31872 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
31873 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
31875 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
31876 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
31877 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
31878 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
31879 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
31880 in subsequent paste operations.)
31882 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
31883 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
31884 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
31887 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
31888 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
31889 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
31890 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
31891 association list with formals).
31894 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
31895 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
31896 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
31897 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
31898 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
31899 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
31900 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
31901 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
31902 `vhdl-testbench'.
31905 KEY BINDINGS:
31906 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
31909 VHDL MENU:
31910 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
31913 FILE BROWSER:
31914 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
31915 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
31916 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
31918 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
31919 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
31922 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
31923 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
31924 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
31925 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
31927 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
31928 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
31929 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
31931 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
31932 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
31933 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
31934 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
31936 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
31937 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
31938 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
31939 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
31940 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
31942 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
31943 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
31944 required by secondary units.
31947 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
31948 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
31949 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
31950 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
31951 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
31952 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
31953 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
31954 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
31955 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
31956 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
31957 inputs to this component -> input port created
31958 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
31959 outputs from this component -> output port created
31960 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
31961 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
31963 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
31964 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31965 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31966 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31967 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31969 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31970 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31972 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31973 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31974 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
31975 component instantiation is also supported (option
31976 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31978 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31979 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31980 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31981 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31982 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31983 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31984 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31985 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31986 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31987 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31988 generating the configuration.
31990 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31991 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31992 configurations in speedbar.
31994 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31997 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31998 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31999 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
32000 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
32001 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
32002 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
32003 information. New compilers can be added.
32005 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
32006 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
32009 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
32010 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
32011 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
32012 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
32013 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
32015 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
32016 command:
32018 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
32019 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
32020 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
32022 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
32023 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
32024 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
32025 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
32026 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
32027 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
32028 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
32029 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
32030 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
32032 Limitations:
32033 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
32034 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
32035 not (yet) supported.
32036 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
32037 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
32038 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
32041 PROJECTS:
32042 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
32043 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
32044 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
32045 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
32046 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
32047 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
32048 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
32049 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
32051 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
32052 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
32053 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
32054 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
32055 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
32056 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
32057 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
32058 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
32059 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
32060 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
32061 `vhdl-project-alist'.
32064 SPECIAL MENUES:
32065 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
32066 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
32067 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
32068 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
32069 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
32070 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
32071 current directory for VHDL source files.
32074 VHDL STANDARDS:
32075 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
32076 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
32079 KEYWORD CASE:
32080 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
32081 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
32082 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
32083 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
32084 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
32085 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
32086 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
32087 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
32090 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
32091 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
32092 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
32093 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
32094 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
32095 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
32096 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
32098 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
32099 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
32100 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
32101 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
32102 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
32103 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
32105 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
32106 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
32107 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
32108 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
32109 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
32110 visually.
32112 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
32113 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
32114 highlighted if written in lower case.
32116 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
32117 highlighted using a different background color if option
32118 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
32120 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
32121 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
32122 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
32123 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
32124 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
32127 USER MODELS:
32128 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
32129 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
32130 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
32133 HIDE/SHOW:
32134 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
32135 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
32136 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
32137 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
32138 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
32141 CODE UPDATING:
32142 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
32143 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
32144 Limitations:
32145 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
32146 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
32147 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
32148 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
32149 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
32150 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
32151 (used to obtain the port names).
32152 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
32153 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
32154 sensitivity lists.
32157 CODE FIXING:
32158 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
32159 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
32162 PRINTING:
32163 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
32164 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
32165 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
32166 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
32167 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
32168 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
32169 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
32170 printers.
32173 OPTIONS:
32174 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
32175 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
32176 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
32177 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
32178 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
32180 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
32181 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
32182 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
32183 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
32184 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
32185 INSTALL file).
32187 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
32188 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
32191 FILE EXTENSIONS:
32192 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
32193 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
32194 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
32196 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
32199 HINTS:
32200 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
32201 a VHDL file first, use the command:
32203 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
32205 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
32207 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
32210 RELEASE NOTES:
32211 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
32214 Maintenance:
32215 ------------
32217 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
32218 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
32220 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
32222 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
32223 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
32224 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
32225 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
32227 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
32228 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
32229 where the latest version can be found.
32232 Known problems:
32233 ---------------
32235 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
32236 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
32237 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
32238 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
32241 The VHDL Mode Authors
32242 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
32244 Key bindings:
32245 -------------
32247 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
32249 \(fn)" t nil)
32251 ;;;***
32253 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20567 31133 0
32254 ;;;;;; 0))
32255 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
32257 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
32258 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
32259 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
32260 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
32262 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
32263 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
32264 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
32265 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
32266 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
32268 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
32269 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
32271 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
32273 * Limitations and unsupported features
32274 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
32275 not supported.
32276 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
32277 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
32279 * Modifications
32280 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
32281 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
32282 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
32283 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
32284 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
32285 for undoing a repeated change command.
32286 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
32287 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
32288 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
32290 * Extensions
32291 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
32292 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
32293 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
32294 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
32295 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
32296 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
32297 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
32298 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
32300 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
32302 \(fn)" t nil)
32304 ;;;***
32306 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
32307 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
32308 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
32309 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
32310 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
32312 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
32313 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
32315 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
32317 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32318 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
32319 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32320 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32322 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32324 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32325 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
32327 \(fn)" t nil)
32329 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32330 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32331 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32332 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32334 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32336 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32337 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32339 \(fn)" t nil)
32341 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
32344 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
32346 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
32349 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32351 ;;;***
32353 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
32354 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
32355 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
32356 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
32357 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20577 48876 0 0))
32358 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
32360 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
32361 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
32362 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
32364 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
32366 (defvar view-mode nil "\
32367 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
32368 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
32369 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
32371 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
32373 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
32374 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
32376 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
32378 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
32379 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32380 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32381 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32382 moving around in the buffer.
32383 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32384 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32386 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32388 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32390 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
32391 View FILE in View mode in another window.
32392 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
32393 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
32395 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32396 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32397 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32398 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32399 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32401 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32403 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32405 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
32406 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
32407 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
32408 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
32409 buffer.
32411 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32412 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32413 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32414 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32415 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32417 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32419 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32421 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
32422 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32423 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32424 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32425 moving around in the buffer.
32426 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32427 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32429 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32431 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32432 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32433 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32435 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
32436 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
32437 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
32438 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
32440 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32441 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32442 own View-like bindings.
32444 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32446 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
32447 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
32448 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32449 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32450 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32451 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32452 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32454 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32456 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32458 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32459 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32460 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32462 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32463 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32464 own View-like bindings.
32466 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32468 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
32469 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
32470 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32471 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32472 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32473 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32474 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32476 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32478 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32480 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32481 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32482 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32484 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32485 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32486 own View-like bindings.
32488 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32490 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
32491 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
32492 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
32493 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
32494 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32496 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
32497 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
32498 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
32499 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
32501 \\<view-mode-map>
32503 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
32504 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
32505 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
32506 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
32507 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
32508 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
32509 to a repeat count of one.
32511 H, h, ? This message.
32512 Digits provide prefix arguments.
32513 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
32514 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
32515 > move to the end of buffer.
32516 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
32517 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
32518 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
32519 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
32520 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
32521 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32522 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32523 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32524 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
32525 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32526 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
32527 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
32528 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
32529 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
32530 Use this to view a changing file.
32531 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
32532 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
32533 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
32534 . set the mark.
32535 x exchanges point and mark.
32536 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
32537 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
32538 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
32539 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
32540 ' go to position saved in character register.
32541 s do forward incremental search.
32542 r do reverse incremental search.
32543 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
32544 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
32545 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
32546 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
32547 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
32548 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
32549 p searches backward for last regular expression.
32550 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
32551 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
32552 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
32553 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
32554 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
32555 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
32556 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
32557 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
32558 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
32559 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
32561 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
32562 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
32563 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
32564 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
32565 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
32566 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
32567 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
32568 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
32569 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
32571 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32575 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
32576 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
32577 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
32578 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
32579 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
32580 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
32581 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
32582 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
32583 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
32585 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
32587 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." "24.1")
32589 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
32590 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
32591 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
32592 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
32593 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
32594 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
32596 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
32597 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
32598 called by `view-mode-exit'.
32600 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32602 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32604 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
32606 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
32607 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
32609 \(fn)" t nil)
32611 ;;;***
32613 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20513
32614 ;;;;;; 36786 0 0))
32615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
32617 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
32618 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
32620 \(fn)" nil nil)
32622 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
32623 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
32625 \(fn)" t nil)
32627 ;;;***
32629 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
32630 ;;;;;; (20567 31133 0 0))
32631 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
32633 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
32634 Toggle Viper on/off.
32635 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
32637 \(fn)" t nil)
32639 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
32640 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
32642 \(fn)" t nil)
32644 ;;;***
32646 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
32647 ;;;;;; (20244 35516 0 0))
32648 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
32650 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
32651 Function to generate warning prefixes.
32652 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
32653 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
32654 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
32655 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
32656 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
32657 the beginning of the warning.")
32659 (defvar warning-series nil "\
32660 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
32661 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
32662 which is the start of the current series; it means that
32663 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
32664 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
32665 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
32666 also call that function before the next warning.")
32668 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
32669 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
32671 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
32672 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
32673 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
32674 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
32676 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
32677 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
32678 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32679 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32680 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
32681 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
32683 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32684 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32685 Default is :warning.
32687 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32688 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32689 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
32690 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
32691 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
32692 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32694 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
32695 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
32696 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
32698 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
32700 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
32701 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
32703 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
32705 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
32706 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32707 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32708 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
32710 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32711 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32712 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
32713 can be whatever you like.)
32715 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32716 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32718 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32719 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32720 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
32721 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
32722 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32724 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32726 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
32727 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32728 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32729 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
32730 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
32732 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32734 ;;;***
32736 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
32737 ;;;;;; (20511 52965 0 0))
32738 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
32740 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
32741 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
32742 \\<wdired-mode-map>
32743 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
32744 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
32745 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
32746 directories to reflect your edits.
32748 See `wdired-mode'.
32750 \(fn)" t nil)
32752 ;;;***
32754 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20567 31133
32755 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32756 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
32758 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
32759 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
32761 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
32762 hotlist.
32764 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
32765 <nwv@acm.org>.
32767 \(fn)" t nil)
32769 ;;;***
32771 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
32772 ;;;;;; (20577 48876 0 0))
32773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
32774 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
32775 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
32777 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
32779 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
32780 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
32781 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32783 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32784 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
32786 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
32788 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
32789 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
32790 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
32791 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32792 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32794 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
32795 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
32796 in certain major modes.
32798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32800 ;;;***
32802 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
32803 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
32804 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
32805 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20511 52965
32806 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32807 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
32809 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32810 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
32811 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
32812 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32813 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32815 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32816 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32820 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32821 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
32822 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
32823 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32824 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32826 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
32827 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
32828 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
32829 use `whitespace-mode'.
32831 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32835 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
32836 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
32837 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32838 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32839 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32840 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
32842 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
32844 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32845 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
32846 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
32847 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32848 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32850 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32851 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32855 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
32856 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
32857 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32858 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32859 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32860 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
32862 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
32864 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32865 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
32866 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
32867 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
32868 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32870 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
32871 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
32872 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
32873 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
32875 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32879 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32880 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
32882 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32883 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
32885 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32886 and restart local whitespace-mode.
32888 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
32890 CHAR MEANING
32891 (VIA FACES)
32892 f toggle face visualization
32893 t toggle TAB visualization
32894 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32895 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32896 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32897 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32898 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32899 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32900 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32901 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32902 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32903 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32904 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32905 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32906 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32907 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32908 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32910 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32911 T toggle TAB visualization
32912 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32913 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32915 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32916 ? display brief help
32918 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32919 The valid symbols are:
32921 face toggle face visualization
32922 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32923 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32924 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32925 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32926 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32927 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32928 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32929 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32930 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32931 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32932 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32933 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32934 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32935 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32936 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32937 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32939 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32940 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32941 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32943 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32945 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32947 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32949 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32950 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
32952 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32953 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
32955 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32956 and restart global whitespace-mode.
32958 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
32960 CHAR MEANING
32961 (VIA FACES)
32962 f toggle face visualization
32963 t toggle TAB visualization
32964 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32965 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32966 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32967 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32968 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32969 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32970 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32971 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32972 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32973 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32974 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32975 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32976 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32977 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32978 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32980 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32981 T toggle TAB visualization
32982 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32983 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32985 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32986 ? display brief help
32988 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32989 The valid symbols are:
32991 face toggle face visualization
32992 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32993 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32994 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32995 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32996 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32997 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32998 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32999 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
33000 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
33001 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
33002 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
33003 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
33004 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
33005 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
33006 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
33007 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
33009 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
33010 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
33011 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
33013 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
33015 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
33017 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
33019 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
33020 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
33022 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
33023 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
33024 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
33025 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
33026 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
33028 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
33030 The problems cleaned up are:
33032 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33033 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33034 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
33035 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
33037 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
33038 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
33039 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
33040 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
33041 SPACEs.
33042 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
33043 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
33044 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
33045 replace TABs by SPACEs.
33047 4. SPACEs before TAB.
33048 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
33049 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
33050 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
33051 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33052 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
33053 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33054 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
33056 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33057 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
33058 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33060 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33061 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
33062 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
33063 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
33064 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33065 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
33066 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33067 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
33069 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
33070 documentation.
33072 \(fn)" t nil)
33074 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
33075 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
33077 The problems cleaned up are:
33079 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
33080 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
33081 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
33082 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
33083 SPACEs.
33084 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
33085 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
33086 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
33087 replace TABs by SPACEs.
33089 2. SPACEs before TAB.
33090 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
33091 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
33092 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
33093 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33094 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
33095 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33096 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
33098 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33099 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
33100 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33102 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33103 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
33104 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
33105 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
33106 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33107 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
33108 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33109 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
33111 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
33112 documentation.
33114 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33116 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
33117 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
33119 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
33120 non-nil.
33122 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
33123 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
33124 `whitespace-style' to have:
33126 empty
33127 trailing
33128 indentation
33129 space-before-tab
33130 space-after-tab
33132 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
33133 whitespace problems in buffer.
33135 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
33137 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
33138 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33139 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33140 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33141 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
33142 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33143 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33145 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
33146 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33147 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33148 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33149 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
33150 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33151 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33153 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
33154 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
33155 cleaning up these problems.
33157 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
33159 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
33160 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
33162 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
33163 non-nil.
33165 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
33166 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
33167 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
33169 empty
33170 indentation
33171 space-before-tab
33172 trailing
33173 space-after-tab
33175 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
33176 whitespace problems in buffer.
33178 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
33180 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
33181 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33182 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33183 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33184 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
33185 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33186 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33188 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
33189 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33190 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33191 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33192 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
33193 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33194 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33196 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
33197 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
33198 cleaning up these problems.
33200 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
33202 ;;;***
33204 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
33205 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20511 52965
33206 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33207 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
33209 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
33210 Browse the widget under point.
33212 \(fn POS)" t nil)
33214 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
33215 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
33217 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
33219 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
33220 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
33222 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
33224 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
33225 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
33226 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
33227 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
33228 if ARG is omitted or nil.
33230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33232 ;;;***
33234 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
33235 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20373
33236 ;;;;;; 41604 0 0))
33237 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
33239 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
33240 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
33242 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
33244 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
33245 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
33246 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
33248 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
33250 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
33251 Create widget of TYPE.
33252 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
33254 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
33256 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
33257 Delete WIDGET.
33259 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
33261 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
33262 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
33264 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
33266 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
33267 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
33268 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
33269 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
33271 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
33272 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
33274 \(fn)" nil nil)
33276 ;;;***
33278 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
33279 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20567
33280 ;;;;;; 31133 0 0))
33281 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
33283 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
33284 Select the window to the left of the current one.
33285 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33286 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
33287 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
33288 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
33289 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33293 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
33294 Select the window above the current one.
33295 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
33296 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
33297 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
33298 negative ARG) of the current window.
33299 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33303 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
33304 Select the window to the right of the current one.
33305 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33306 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
33307 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
33308 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
33309 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33313 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
33314 Select the window below the current one.
33315 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33316 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
33317 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
33318 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
33319 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33323 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
33324 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
33325 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
33326 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
33328 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
33330 ;;;***
33332 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" (20585 55103
33333 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33334 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
33336 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
33337 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
33338 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
33339 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33340 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33341 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
33343 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
33345 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
33346 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
33347 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
33348 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33349 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
33350 \\{winner-mode-map}
33352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33354 ;;;***
33356 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
33357 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20539 37147 0 0))
33358 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
33360 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
33361 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
33362 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
33363 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
33364 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
33366 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
33368 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
33369 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
33370 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
33371 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
33372 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
33373 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
33374 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
33375 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
33377 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
33378 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
33380 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
33382 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
33383 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
33385 \(fn)" t nil)
33387 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
33388 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
33389 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
33390 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
33391 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
33392 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
33393 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
33394 `woman' command for further details.
33396 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
33398 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
33399 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
33401 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
33403 ;;;***
33405 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
33406 ;;;;;; (20331 12564 0 0))
33407 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
33409 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
33410 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
33412 BUGS:
33413 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
33414 are not implemented
33415 - Options for search and replace
33416 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
33417 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
33419 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
33420 Emacs-like.
33422 The key bindings are:
33424 C-a backward-word
33425 C-b fill-paragraph
33426 C-c scroll-up-line
33427 C-d forward-char
33428 C-e previous-line
33429 C-f forward-word
33430 C-g delete-char
33431 C-h backward-char
33432 C-i indent-for-tab-command
33433 C-j help-for-help
33434 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
33435 C-l ws-repeat-search
33436 C-n open-line
33437 C-p quoted-insert
33438 C-r scroll-down-line
33439 C-s backward-char
33440 C-t kill-word
33441 C-u keyboard-quit
33442 C-v overwrite-mode
33443 C-w scroll-down
33444 C-x next-line
33445 C-y kill-complete-line
33446 C-z scroll-up
33448 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
33449 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
33450 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
33451 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
33452 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
33453 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
33454 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
33455 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
33456 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
33457 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
33458 C-k b ws-begin-block
33459 C-k c ws-copy-block
33460 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
33461 C-k f find-file
33462 C-k h ws-show-markers
33463 C-k i ws-indent-block
33464 C-k k ws-end-block
33465 C-k p ws-print-block
33466 C-k q kill-emacs
33467 C-k r insert-file
33468 C-k s save-some-buffers
33469 C-k t ws-mark-word
33470 C-k u ws-exdent-block
33471 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
33472 C-k v ws-move-block
33473 C-k w ws-write-block
33474 C-k x kill-emacs
33475 C-k y ws-delete-block
33477 C-o c wordstar-center-line
33478 C-o b switch-to-buffer
33479 C-o j justify-current-line
33480 C-o k kill-buffer
33481 C-o l list-buffers
33482 C-o m auto-fill-mode
33483 C-o r set-fill-column
33484 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
33485 C-o wd delete-other-windows
33486 C-o wh split-window-right
33487 C-o wo other-window
33488 C-o wv split-window-below
33490 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
33491 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
33492 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
33493 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
33494 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
33495 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
33496 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
33497 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
33498 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
33499 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
33500 C-q a ws-query-replace
33501 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
33502 C-q c end-of-buffer
33503 C-q d end-of-line
33504 C-q f ws-search
33505 C-q k ws-to-block-end
33506 C-q l ws-undo
33507 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
33508 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
33509 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
33510 C-q w ws-last-error
33511 C-q y ws-kill-eol
33512 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
33514 \(fn)" t nil)
33516 ;;;***
33518 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20511 52965
33519 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33520 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
33522 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
33523 Perform an interactive search.
33524 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
33525 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
33526 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
33527 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
33529 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
33530 Example:
33532 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
33534 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
33536 ;;;***
33538 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
33539 ;;;;;; (20535 44414 0 0))
33540 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
33542 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
33543 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
33544 Return the top node with all its children.
33545 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
33547 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
33548 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
33549 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
33551 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
33553 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
33554 namespace to URIs instead.
33556 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
33557 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
33559 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
33561 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
33563 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33565 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
33566 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
33567 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
33568 not contain well-formed XML.
33570 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
33571 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
33572 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
33573 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
33574 element of the list.
33575 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
33576 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
33577 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
33579 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
33581 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
33582 namespace to URIs instead.
33584 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
33585 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
33587 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
33589 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
33591 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33593 ;;;***
33595 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
33596 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
33597 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
33599 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
33600 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
33601 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
33602 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
33603 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
33604 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
33605 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
33606 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
33607 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
33608 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
33610 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
33612 ;;;***
33614 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20511
33615 ;;;;;; 52965 0 0))
33616 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
33618 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
33619 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
33620 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
33621 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33622 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33623 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
33625 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
33627 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
33628 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
33629 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
33630 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33631 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
33633 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
33634 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
33635 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
33636 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
33637 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
33638 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
33640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33642 ;;;***
33644 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
33645 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20244 35516 0 0))
33646 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
33648 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
33649 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
33651 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33653 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
33654 Extract file name from an yenc header.
33656 \(fn)" nil nil)
33658 ;;;***
33660 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
33661 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20373 41604 0 0))
33662 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
33664 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
33665 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
33667 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
33669 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
33670 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
33672 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
33674 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
33675 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
33676 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
33678 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
33680 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
33681 Zippy goes to the analyst.
33683 \(fn)" t nil)
33685 ;;;***
33687 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20550 14882 0 0))
33688 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
33690 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
33691 Zone out, completely.
33693 \(fn)" t nil)
33695 ;;;***
33697 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
33698 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
33699 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
33700 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
33701 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
33702 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
33703 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
33704 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
33705 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
33706 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
33707 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
33708 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
33709 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
33710 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
33711 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
33712 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
33713 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
33714 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
33715 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
33716 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
33717 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
33718 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
33719 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
33720 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
33721 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
33722 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
33723 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
33724 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
33725 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
33726 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
33727 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
33728 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
33729 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
33730 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
33731 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
33732 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
33733 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
33734 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
33735 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
33736 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
33737 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
33738 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
33739 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
33740 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
33741 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
33742 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
33743 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
33744 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
33745 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
33746 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
33747 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
33748 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
33749 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
33750 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
33751 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
33752 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
33753 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
33754 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
33755 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
33756 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
33757 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
33758 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
33759 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
33760 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
33761 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
33762 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
33763 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
33764 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
33765 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
33766 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
33767 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
33768 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
33769 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
33770 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
33771 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el"
33772 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el"
33773 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
33774 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
33775 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
33776 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
33777 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
33778 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
33779 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
33780 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
33781 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
33782 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
33783 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
33784 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
33785 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
33786 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
33787 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
33788 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
33789 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
33790 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
33791 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
33792 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
33793 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
33794 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
33795 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el" "format-spec.el"
33796 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
33797 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
33798 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
33799 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
33800 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
33801 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
33802 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
33803 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
33804 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
33805 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
33806 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
33807 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
33808 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
33809 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
33810 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
33811 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
33812 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
33813 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
33814 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
33815 ;;;;;; "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
33816 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el"
33817 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
33818 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
33819 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
33820 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
33821 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
33822 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
33823 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
33824 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
33825 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
33826 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
33827 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
33828 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
33829 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
33830 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
33831 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
33832 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
33833 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
33834 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
33835 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
33836 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
33837 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
33838 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
33839 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
33840 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
33841 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
33842 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
33843 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
33844 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
33845 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
33846 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
33847 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
33848 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
33849 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
33850 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
33851 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
33852 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
33853 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
33854 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
33855 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
33856 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
33857 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
33858 ;;;;;; "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
33859 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
33860 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
33861 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
33862 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
33863 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
33864 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el"
33865 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
33866 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-entities.el"
33867 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el"
33868 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
33869 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
33870 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
33871 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
33872 ;;;;;; "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
33873 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
33874 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
33875 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
33876 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
33877 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
33878 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
33879 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
33880 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
33881 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
33882 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
33883 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
33884 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
33885 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
33886 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
33887 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
33888 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
33889 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
33890 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
33891 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
33892 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
33893 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
33894 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
33895 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
33896 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
33897 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (20600 26805 968824 63000))
33899 ;;;***
33901 (provide 'loaddefs)
33902 ;; Local Variables:
33903 ;; version-control: never
33904 ;; no-byte-compile: t
33905 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
33906 ;; coding: utf-8
33907 ;; End:
33908 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here